diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 306817 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/38067-h.htm | 4716 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/images/001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 64628 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/images/002.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26845 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/images/003.jpg | bin | 0 -> 3765 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/images/004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 1860 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/images/005.jpg | bin | 0 -> 100759 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/images/006.jpg | bin | 0 -> 4013 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/images/007.jpg | bin | 0 -> 9675 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/images/hand.jpg | bin | 0 -> 1085 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/images/name.jpg | bin | 0 -> 9008 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067-h/images/titlepage.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31284 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067.txt | 3211 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38067.zip | bin | 0 -> 59537 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
17 files changed, 7943 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/38067-h.zip b/38067-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..41df00d --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h.zip diff --git a/38067-h/38067-h.htm b/38067-h/38067-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fc302b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/38067-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,4716 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"> +<title>A Select Collection of Valuable and Curious Arts, and +Interesting Experiments, Which are Well Explained, and Warranted +Genuine, and may be Performed Easily, Safely, and at Little Expense, by +Unknown —A Project Gutenberg eBook</title> +<style type="text/css"> + + body {margin-left: 12%; + margin-right: 12%;} + + p {text-indent: 0em; + text-align: justify; + margin-top: .85em; + margin-bottom: .85em; + line-height: 1.25em;} + + .hang {text-align: justify; + padding-left: 2em; + text-indent: -2em;} + + .item {margin-top: .5em;} + + .ctr {text-align: center;} + + .ralign {text-align: right;} + + .sc {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .sig {margin-left: 53%; + text-align: left;} + + .indent {margin-left: 10%;} + .indent2 {margin-left: 30%; + margin-top: -.75em;} + .indent3 {margin-left: 20%; + margin-top: -.75em;} + + p.dropcap:first-letter {float: left; + padding-right: 3px; + font-size: 250%; + line-height: 83%; + padding-top: 4px;} + + .dcap {text-transform: uppercase;} + + .sidenote {width: 12%; + padding-bottom: .5em; + padding-top: 0em; + padding-left: 0em; + padding-right: .5em; + float: left; + clear: left;} + + .section {margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2.5em; + text-align: center; + font-size: 108%; + font-weight: bold;} + + .section2 {margin-top: 2em; + text-align: center; + font-size: 108%; + font-weight: bold;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold; + font-size: 95%; + text-align: center; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-top: .3em;} + + .figcenter {margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + text-align: center; + margin-bottom: 0em; + margin-top: 2em; + width: auto;} + + h1 {text-align: center; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + line-height: 1.3em; + letter-spacing: 4px;} + + h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 {text-align: center; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + line-height: 1.3em;} + + hr.med {width: 65%; + height: 1px; + margin-top: 2.5em; + margin-bottom: 2.5em;} + + table {margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto;} + + td {text-align: justify;} + + td.chpt {vertical-align: top; + text-align: right;} + + td.txt {vertical-align: top; + text-align: left; + padding-left: 5px;} + + td.pg {vertical-align: bottom; + text-align: right;} + + td.c {vertical-align: top; + text-align: center;} + + a:link {color:#0000ff; + text-decoration:none;} + a:visited {color:#6633cc; + text-decoration:none;} + + .tn {margin-left: 4em; + margin-right: 4em; + margin-top: .2em; + margin-bottom: .2em; + padding: 10px; + background-color: #f6f2f2; + color: black; + border: dotted black 1px;} + +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Select Collection of Valuable and Curious +Arts and Interesting Experiments,, by Various Unknown + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: A Select Collection of Valuable and Curious Arts and Interesting Experiments, + Which are Well Explained and Warranted Genuine and may be + Performed Easily, Safely, and at Little Expense. + +Author: Various Unknown + +Release Date: November 20, 2011 [EBook #38067] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A SELECT COLLECTION OF *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/name.jpg" alt="Curious Arts" width="350" height="43"> +</div> +<br> +<div class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/001.jpg" alt="Sketches of Landscapes" width="266" +height="400"></div> <p class="caption">Sketches of Landscapes.<br> <a href="#31">[See +page 31]</a> +</p> +<br> + +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/titlepage.jpg" alt="Fitle page" +width="311" height="500" border="1"></div> + +<br> + +<h2> +A SELECT COLLECTION +</h2> + +<h4> +OF VALUABLE AND +</h4> + +<h1> +CURIOUS ARTS, +</h1> + +<h4> +AND +</h4> + +<h3> +INTERESTING EXPERIMENTS, +</h3> + +<h4> +WHICH ARE WELL EXPLAINED AND WARRANTED<br> +GENUINE AND MAY BE PERFORMED EASILY,<br> +SAFELY, AND AT LITTLE EXPENSE. +</h4> +<br> +<p class="ctr"><img src="images/004.jpg" alt="Decoration" width="110" height="25"></p> +<h3> +THIRD EDITION. +</h3> +<p class="ctr"><img src="images/004.jpg" alt="Decoration" width="110" height="25"></p> +<br> +<h4> +CONCORD: +</h4> + +<h4> +PUBLISHED BY RUFUS PORTER. +</h4> + +<h4> +J. B. Moore, Printer.<br> +1826. +</h4> + +<hr class="med"> + + +<p class="ctr"> +<b>Transcriber's Note:</b><br><br>Some of the articles in the Appendix do not +list a price. +</p> +<hr class="med"> + + + +<p class="ralign"> +DISTRICT OF NEW-HAMPSHIRE, to wit. +<br><i>District Clerk's Office.</i> +</p> + + + +<div class="sidenote"> <img src="images/003.jpg" alt="L. S." width="93" height="72"></div> +<p class="dropcap">B<span class="dcap">e</span> it remembered, that on the twenty-second day of October, A.D. +1825, and in the fiftieth year of the Independence of the United +States of America, RUFUS PORTER, of the said District, has deposited +in this Office the title of a book, the right whereof he claims as +proprietor, in the words following, to wit:— +</p> + +<p> +"<i>A Select Collection of valuable and curious Arts and interesting +Experiments, which are well explained and warranted genuine, and may +be performed easily, safely, and at little expense.</i>" +</p> + +<p> +In conformity to the act of the Congress of the United States, +entitled, "An act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the +copies of Maps, Charts and Books, to the Authors and Proprietors of +such copies, during the time therein mentioned;" and also to an act, +entitled, "An act supplementary to an act, entitled, an act for the +encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of Maps, Charts and +Books to the Authors and Proprietors of such copies, during the times +therein mentioned, and extending the benefits thereof to the arts of +designing, engraving and etching historical and other prints." +</p> + +<p class="sig"> +SAMUEL CUSHMAN, +</p> + +<p class="indent2"><i>Clerk of the District of New-Hampshire</i>. +</p> + +<p class="indent"> +A true copy of record:— +</p> + +<p class="indent3"> +Attest, SAMUEL CUSHMAN, <i>Clerk</i>. +</p> + +<hr class="med"> + + + +<p class="section"> +ADVERTISEMENT. +</p> + + +<p> +It is not so much the object of the author, with regard to the various +arts treated of in the following pages, to convey to professed artists, +a more accurate and extensive knowledge of those arts, as to explain +some of the first lines and principles of them, for the advantage of +those, who may be induced to practice them occasionally, either for +profit or amusement. The chemical experiments are such as are calculated +to combine recreation, with improvement in useful knowledge—a knowledge +of some of the leading principles of chemistry.—The true chemical +terms, according to the new nomenclature (which, perhaps, may not be so +readily understood, by some, as the more common and familiar names, but +will be found sufficiently explained in the appendix) have, in this +work, been applied to the various articles occasionally mentioned. Very +few substances have been mentioned, which are generally considered +poisonous, or otherwise dangerous; but it may be proper, however, for +those who may attempt any of the chemical experiments, to proceed with +caution, and carefully avoid the fumes produced by chemical action, +especially in metallic solutions in nitric acid, and sublimation of +mercury. Several articles in this little collection, will probably be +found to contain some improvements, and if it prove as interesting to +others, as a similar work would formerly have been to the author, his +object will have been attained. +</p> + + +<hr class="med"> + + +<p class="section2"> +TABLE OF CONTENTS. +</p> +<p class="ctr"><img src="images/004.jpg" alt="Decoration" width="110" height="25"></p> +<table summary="Contents"> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt"> </td> +<td class="txt"> </td> +<td class="pg"><i>Page.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">1.</td> +<td class="txt">Water-proof gilding and silvering,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#1">9</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">2.</td> +<td class="txt">The art of burnish gilding,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#2">11</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">3.</td> +<td class="txt">Ornamental bronze gilding,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#3">13</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">4.</td> +<td class="txt">To enamel picture glasses with gold,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#4">15</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">5.</td> +<td class="txt">To wash iron or steel with gold,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#5">15</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">6.</td> +<td class="txt">To wash brass or copper with silver,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#6">16</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">7.</td> +<td class="txt">To give wood a gold, silver, or copper lustre,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#7">17</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">8.</td> +<td class="txt">To print gold letters on morocco,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#8">18</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">9.</td> +<td class="txt">To dye silk a brilliant gold colour,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#9">18</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">10.</td> +<td class="txt">To dye silk a brilliant silver colour,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#10">19</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">11.</td> +<td class="txt">To silver looking glasses,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#11">20</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">12.</td> +<td class="txt">To write on paper with gold or silver,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#12">22</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">13.</td> +<td class="txt">To make good shining black ink,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#13">23</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">14.</td> +<td class="txt">Blue ink,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#14">23</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">15.</td> +<td class="txt">Red ink,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#15">24</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">16.</td> +<td class="txt">Yellow ink,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#16">24</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">17.</td> +<td class="txt">Green ink,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#17">25</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">18.</td> +<td class="txt">Purple ink,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#18">25</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">19.</td> +<td class="txt">To write in various colours with the same pen, +ink and paper.</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#19">25</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">20-26.</td> +<td class="txt">Sympathetic inks for secret correspondence,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#20">27</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">27.</td> +<td class="txt">Luminous ink that will shine in the dark,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#27">28</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">28.</td> +<td class="txt">To make a writing appear and disappear at pleasure,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#28">29</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">29.</td> +<td class="txt">To make a writing vanish and another appear in its place,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#29">29</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">30.</td> +<td class="txt">To restore old writing that is nearly defaced,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#30">30</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">31.</td> +<td class="txt">To paint a picture that will appear and disappear </td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#31">30</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">32.</td> +<td class="txt">Landscape painting on walls of rooms,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#32">31</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">33.</td> +<td class="txt">To paint in figures for carpets or borders,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#33">34</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">34.</td> +<td class="txt">To paint in imitation of mahogany and maple,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#34">35</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">35.</td> +<td class="txt">The art of painting on glass,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#35">36</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">36.</td> +<td class="txt">Best method of polishing steel,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#36">37</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">37.</td> +<td class="txt">To make letters of blue on polished steel,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#37">38</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">38.</td> +<td class="txt">To preserve the brightness of polished steel,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#38">39</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">39.</td> +<td class="txt">To give steel a temper to cut marble,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#39">40</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">40.</td> +<td class="txt">To wash iron or steel with copper,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#40">41</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">41.</td> +<td class="txt">To give iron the whiteness of silver,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#41">42</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">42.</td> +<td class="txt">To wash iron with tin,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#42">42</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">43.</td> +<td class="txt">To give tin the whiteness and brilliancy of silver,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#43">44</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">44.</td> +<td class="txt">To crystallize tin,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#44">44</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">45.</td> +<td class="txt">To make a gold coloured varnish for tin,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#45">45</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">46.</td> +<td class="txt">To make shellac varnish for japanning,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#46">46</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">47.</td> +<td class="txt">To make the best copal varnish,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#47">47</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">48.</td> +<td class="txt">To make a spirit varnish for maps,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#48">48</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">49.</td> +<td class="txt">To make elastic varnish for umbrellas,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#49">49</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">50.</td> +<td class="txt">To varnish maps and pictures,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#50">49</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">51.</td> +<td class="txt">To make brunswick blacking,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#51">50</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">52.</td> +<td class="txt">To make a print appear on a gold ground,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#52">51</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">53.</td> +<td class="txt">Best method of tracing or copying a picture,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#53">52</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">54.</td> +<td class="txt">The construction and use of a copying machine,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#54">53</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">55.</td> +<td class="txt">To produce the exact likeness of any object instantly,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#55">54</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">56.</td> +<td class="txt">Copper plate engraving,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#56">57</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">57.</td> +<td class="txt">Etching on copper plates,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#57">60</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">58.</td> +<td class="txt">Engraving and scraping in mezzotinto,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#58">63</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">59.</td> +<td class="txt">Etching in aqua-tinta,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#59">64</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">60.</td> +<td class="txt">Copper plate printing,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#60">65</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">61.</td> +<td class="txt">Etching letters and flowers on glass,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#61">67</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">62.</td> +<td class="txt">To print figures with a smooth stone,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#62">68</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">63.</td> +<td class="txt">To cut glass with a piece of iron,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#63">69</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">64.</td> +<td class="txt">Best cement for joining glass,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#64">70</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">65.</td> +<td class="txt">Best cement for joining china or crockery,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#65">70</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">66.</td> +<td class="txt">To make a strong water proof glue,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#66">71</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">67.</td> +<td class="txt">The art of moulding figures in relief,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#67">72</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">68.</td> +<td class="txt">To cast images in plaster,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#68">73</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">69.</td> +<td class="txt">To produce embossed letters on marble,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#69">74</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">70.</td> +<td class="txt">To soften stone,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#70">75</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">71.</td> +<td class="txt">To change wood, apparently, to stone,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#71">76</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">72.</td> +<td class="txt">To render wood, cloth or paper, fire proof</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#72">77</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">73-75.</td> +<td class="txt">To produce fire readily,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#73">77</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">76.</td> +<td class="txt">To make super-combustible matches,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#76">78</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">77.</td> +<td class="txt">To make gun powder,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#77">79</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">78.</td> +<td class="txt">To make the common fulminating powder,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#78">80</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">79.</td> +<td class="txt">To make mercurial fulminating powder,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#79">80</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">80.</td> +<td class="txt">To kindle a fire under water,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#80">82</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">81.</td> +<td class="txt">To light a candle by application of ice,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#81">82</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">82.</td> +<td class="txt">To form letters or flowers of real flame,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#82">83</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">83.</td> +<td class="txt">To produce flame of various colours,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#83">84</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">84.</td> +<td class="txt">To make sky rockets and fire wheels,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#84">85</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">85.</td> +<td class="txt">To produce detonating balloons,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#85">87</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">86.</td> +<td class="txt">To prepare a phial that will give light in the dark,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#86">89</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">87.</td> +<td class="txt">To make a person's face appear luminous in the dark,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#87">89</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">88.</td> +<td class="txt">To freeze water in warm weather,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#88">90</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">89.</td> +<td class="txt">To change the colours of animals,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#89">91</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">90.</td> +<td class="txt">To give leather a beautiful metallic lustre,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#90">92</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">91.</td> +<td class="txt">An easy method of extracting the essence of roses,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#91">92</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">92.</td> +<td class="txt">To prepare various kinds of essences,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#92">93</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">93.</td> +<td class="txt">To prepare soda water,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#93">94</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">94-95.</td> +<td class="txt">To produce metallic trees,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#94">95</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">96.</td> +<td class="txt">To tin copper by boiling,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#96">96</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">97.</td> +<td class="txt">A metal that will melt in hot water,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#97">96</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">98.</td> +<td class="txt">Illustration of calico printing,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#98">96</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">99.</td> +<td class="txt">To prepare an imitation of gold bronze,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#99">99</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">100.</td> +<td class="txt">To procure the exhilarating gas,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#100">99</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">101.</td> +<td class="txt">Construction of the galvanic pile or battery,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#101">101</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">102.</td> +<td class="txt">Construction of the oxy-hydrogen blow-pipe,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#102">102</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">103.</td> +<td class="txt">To make a dry phosphorescent powder,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#103">104</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">104.</td> +<td class="txt">Curious experiment of precipitation,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#104">105</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">105.</td> +<td class="txt">To make a beautiful soft glass for jewelry,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#105">105</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">106.</td> +<td class="txt">Composition of various kinds of glass,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#106">106</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">107.</td> +<td class="txt">Composition of various alloys,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#107">107</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">108.</td> +<td class="txt">To produce various kinds of gas,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#108">108</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">109.</td> +<td class="txt">Various chemical tests,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#109">110</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">110.</td> +<td class="txt">To produce a picture instantly,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#110">111</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">111.</td> +<td class="txt">A cheap imitation of silver bronze,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#111">112</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">112.</td> +<td class="txt">To make crayons of various colours,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#112">113</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">113.</td> +<td class="txt">To make hard sealing wax,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#113">115</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">114.</td> +<td class="txt">The art of manufacturing paper hangings,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#114">116</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">115.</td> +<td class="txt">To make elastic blacking for leather,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#115">118</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="chpt">116.</td> +<td class="txt">Sundry experiments,</td> +<td class="pg"><a href="#116">119</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<hr class="med"> + +<p class="section2"> +CURIOUS ARTS. +</p> +<p class="ctr"><img src="images/004.jpg" alt="Decoration" width="110" +height="25"></p> + +<a name="1"> </a> +<p class="item"> +1. <span class="sc">Water-proof gilding and silvering.</span>—This kind of gilding, +usually termed oil gilding, being the cheapest and most durable, is in +general use for gilding or silvering letters on signs, labels, &c. and +may be performed as follows:—Grind one ounce of white lead and two +ounces of litharge, very fine, in a gill of old linseed oil, and if +convenient, add nearly one-fourth of a gill of old copal varnish, and +half an ounce of stone yellow; but neither of these last, are very +essential ingredients. Expose this composition to the rays of the sun +for a week or more in a broad open vessel, observing, however, to keep +it free from dust. Then pour off the finest part, and dilute it with as +much spirits of turpentine as will make it work freely with a brush or +camel-hair pencil. (Oil that will answer exceedingly well for this +purpose, may sometimes be collected from the top of oil paints that +have been long standing, and may be used directly, without being +exposed to the sun as directed above.) Whatever letters or figures you +would gild, must be first drawn or painted with this sizing, the ground +having been previously painted and varnished; and when the sizing is so +dry as to be hard, but yet remains slightly adhesive, or sticky, lay on +gold or silver leaves smoothly over the whole, pressing them down +gently with a soft ball of cotton. The most convenient manner of +performing this, is to lay the leaves of gold or silver, first on a +piece of deer-skin or glove-leather, and cut them into pieces of a +convenient size, by drawing a smooth (not sharp) edged knife over them. +Then take a small block of wood, of a triangular form, about half an +inch thick, and two inches in diameter, and bind a strip of fine +flannel round the edges;—breathe on this, and press it gently on a +piece of the leaf, which by this may be taken from the leather, and +carried to any part of the sizing where it will best fit, and to which +it will readily adhere: thus the sizing may be readily covered with the +leaf, very little of which will be wasted. Afterward the whole may be +brushed over lightly with cotton, or a soft brush, and the superfluous +gold or silver will be brushed off, leaving the letters or figures +entire. When the work has thus remained two or three days, it may be +rubbed with a piece of silk, which will increase its metallic lustre. +<i>Note.</i>—It is very essential that the varnish of the ground +should be thoroughly dry, that it may not be adhesive in the least +degree, otherwise the leaf will stick where it should not, and +materially injure the work. When plain gilding is required for vanes, +balls, &c. the leaves of gold or silver may be applied to the work +directly from the book, without cutting or dividing them. +</p> + + +<a name="2"> </a> +<p class="item"> +2. <span class="sc">The art of burnish gilding.</span>—Make a sizing by boiling the +skins of beaver and musk rats, (which may be readily procured at a hat +manufactory,) in water, till it is of sufficient strength that by +cooling it will become a stiff jelly; strain the liquor while warm, and +give your work one coat of it with a brush; when this is dry, add a +little fine whiting to the sizing, and give the work one coat of this. +Then add as much whiting as will work freely under the brush, and lay +on five or six coats of this, allowing each a sufficient time to dry. +Smooth the work by wetting it, and rubbing it with a piece of pumice +stone, which should be previously cut and fitted to the moulding or +other work that is to be gilt; afterward, when the work is dry, rub +it with some fine sand paper. Then take some burnish-gold-size (which +is composed of pipe-clay, plumbago, beef tallow and castile soap, but +may be easily procured ready made,) and dilute it with water till it +is of the consistence of very soft putty, and afterward with the +above mentioned sizing till it will flow freely from a brush, and give +the work three successive coats of this; when the last is dry, dip a +camel-hair pencil in a mixture of equal quantities of rum and water, +and with it wet a small part of the work, and immediately, while it is +flowing, lay on a leaf of gold, brushing it down with a very soft, flat +camel-hair brush, with which also, the leaf is usually conveyed from +the book to the sizing; proceed thus till the whole is gilt, and let it +dry. When the work is sufficiently dry to take a fair polish by +burnishing, (which can be only ascertained by applying the burnisher to +different parts of the work occasionally while it is drying,) rub over +the whole carefully with a flint burnisher, or with the tooth of a wolf +or dog, being fixed in a convenient handle, till the whole acquires a +brilliant polish, except such parts as are required to remain in a +rough-gilt state, which parts are usually flatted by a coat of thin +sizing. Such are the principal rules of the art of burnish gilding; but +as this business requires some variation of management, according to +the state of the weather and other circumstances, it may not be +expected that any person should become very expert in the art, without +the advantage of some experience and practice. +</p> + +<a name="3"> </a> +<p class="item"> +3. <span class="sc">Ornamental bronze gilding.</span>—This is performed by means of +gold or silver, reduced to an impalpable powder, called bronze. One +method of preparing it, is to levigate any quantity of gold or silver +leaves on a stone, with some clarified honey; dilute the honey with +clear water, that the bronze may settle; pour off the water and honey, +and add fresh water to the bronze, which, after being thus thoroughly +washed, may be dried on paper, and is ready for use. Another method of +preparing the gold bronze, is to precipitate the gold from its solution +in nitro-muriatic acid, (see 5,) by adding sulphate of iron to the +solution;—then washing it, as directed above. But in general it will +be found much cheaper to buy the bronze ready prepared. The ground for +this work must be varnished with a mixture of copal varnish, with an +equal quantity of old linseed oil; and whatever figures are to be +formed in bronzing, must be represented by holes cut through pieces of +paper. Lay these patterns on the work, when the varnish is so dry as to +be but slightly adhesive, but not press them down any more than is +requisite to keep the paper in its place. Then take a piece of soft +glove-leather, moisten it a little by breathing on it, and dip it in +some dry bronze, and apply it to the figures, beginning at the +edges;—tap the figure gently with the leather, and the bronze will +stick to the varnish according to the pattern. Thus any figure may be +produced in a variety of shades, by applying the bronze more freely to +some parts of the work than to others. If some internal parts of the +figures require to be more distinct than others, they may be wrought by +their peculiar patterns, or may be edged with dark coloured paint. In +some work it may be well to extend the varnish no farther than the +intended figures, in which case, any projecting or branching parts of +the figures, may be drawn with a camel-hair pencil, and the patterns +may in some measure be dispensed with. In either case, the work must +afterwards have one or more coats of copal or shellac varnish. +</p> + +<a name="4"> </a> +<p class="item"> +4. <span class="sc">To enamel picture glasses with gold.</span>—The glass must first +be washed perfectly clean and dried; then damp it by breathing on it, +or wet it with the tongue, and immediately lay on a leaf of gold, and +brush it down smooth. When this is dry, draw any letters or flowers on +the gold with Brunswick blacking, (see 51) and when dry, the +superfluous gold may be brushed off with cotton, leaving the figures +entire. Afterward the whole may be covered with blacking, or painted in +any colour, while the gold figures will appear to advantage on the +opposite side of the glass. This work may be elegantly shaded by +scratching through the gold with a small steel instrument, (in the end +of which many sharp points are formed,) previous to laying on the +blacking. Oil paints of any kind may be substituted in the place of the +blacking, but will not dry so quick. +</p> + +<a name="5"> </a> +<p class="item"> +5. <span class="sc">To wash iron or steel with gold.</span>—Mix together in a phial, +one part of nitric acid, with two parts of muriatic acid, and add as +much fine gold as the acid will dissolve. For this purpose gold leaf is +the most convenient, as it will be the most readily dissolved. (This +solution is called the nitro-muriate of gold.) Pour over this solution, +cautiously, about half as much sulphuric ether;—shake the mixture, and +then allow it to settle. The ether will take the gold from the acid, +and will separate itself from it also, and form an upper stratum in the +phial. Carefully pour off this auriferous ether into another phial, and +cork it close. Wash any piece of steel or iron with this ether, and +immediately plunge it in cold water, and it will have acquired a coat +of pure gold. With this also, any flowers or letters may be drawn or +written, even with a pen, and will appear perfectly gilt. The steel or +iron should afterward be heated as much as it will bear without +changing colour, and if the steel be previously polished, the beauty of +the gilding may be much increased by burnishing with a cornelian or +blood stone. +</p> + + +<a name="6"> </a> +<p class="item"> +6. <span class="sc">To wash brass or copper with silver.</span>—To half an ounce of +nitric acid in a phial, add one ounce of water, and one fourth of an +ounce of good silver. It will soon be dissolved, and if the acid and +metal are both pure, the solution, (which is called nitrate of silver) +will be transparent and colourless. Add to this a solution of nearly +two drachms of muriate of soda, in any quantity of water; this will +precipitate the silver in a white opaque mass. Pour off the water with +the acid, and add to the silver an equal quantity of super-tartrate +of potass, thus forming a soft paste;—dip a piece of soft leather in +his paste, and rub it on the metal to be silvered; continue rubbing +it till it is nearly dry; then wash it with water, and polish by +rubbing it hard with a piece of dry leather. Another method is, to add +sub-carbonate of potass to the nitrate of silver, as long as ebulition +ensues; then the acid is poured off, and the precipitate, (which is +white at first, but becomes green when dry,) is mixed with double its +quantity of muriate of soda, and super-tartrate of potass. With this +composition, being moistened, the metal is rubbed over, &c. +</p> + + +<a name="7"> </a> +<p class="item"> +7. <span class="sc">To give wood a gold, silver, or copper lustre.</span>—Grind about +two ounces of white beach sand in a gill of water, in which half an +ounce of gum-arabic has been dissolved, and brush over the work with +it. When this is dry, the work may be rubbed over with a piece of gold, +silver or copper, and will in a measure, assume their respective +colours and brilliancy. This work may be polished by a flint burnisher, +but should not be varnished. +</p> + + +<a name="8"> </a> +<p class="item"> +8. <span class="sc">To print gold letters on morocco.</span>—First wet the morocco +with the whites of eggs; when this is dry, rub the work over with a +little olive oil, and lay on gold leaves. Then take some common +printing types, and heat them to the temperature of boiling water, and +impress the letters on the gold;—rub the whole with a piece of +flannel, and the superfluous gold will come off, leaving the letters +handsomely gilt. Another method is, to strew powdered rosin over the +morocco previous to laying on the leaf; the heat of the types melts the +rosin, which occasions the gold to adhere in the impressions, while the +other may be brushed off. +</p> + + +<a name="9"> </a> +<p class="item"> +9. <span class="sc">To dye silk a brilliant gold colour.</span>—Take any quantity of +nitro-muriate of gold, (see 5) and evaporate by exposing it to a gentle +heat in a glass tumbler or phial; the gold will form itself in crystals +on the bottom and sides of the vessel; collect these crystals and +dissolve them in ten times their weight of pure water. Then put a gill +of water into a common flask, and add one ounce of granulated zinc, and +one-fourth of an ounce of sulphuric acid. Hydrogen gas will be evolved, +and rise through the neck of the flask, which must not be stopped. +Immerse a piece of white silk in the above mentioned aqueous solution +of gold, and expose it, while wet, to the current of gas as it rises +from the flask; the gold will soon be revived, and the silk will become +beautifully and permanently gilt. Any letters or flowers may be drawn +on the silk with a camel-hair pencil dipped in the solution, and on +being exposed to the action of the gas, will be revived and shine with +metallic brilliancy. <i>Note.</i>—The silk must be kept moist with +water till the gold is revived. Zinc may be prepared for the above +purpose, by melting it, and stirring it continually with a stick or +iron rod while it is cooling; or it may be pulverized with a hammer as +soon as it becomes solid. +</p> + + +<a name="10"> </a> +<p class="item"> +10. <span class="sc">To dye silk a brilliant silver colour.</span>—Proceed as +directed in the last experiment, only use the nitrate of silver, (see +6) instead of nitro-muriate of gold. The process of crystalizing, +re-dissolving, &c. is the same. But the crystals of silver differ in +colour, being white, whereas those produced from gold are yellow. If a +jar, or box be filled with hydrogen gas, and the silk suspended in it, +the action of the gas, and consequently the revivification of the +metals will be more uniform. For small figures, however, it may be as +well to fix a stopper in the flask, having a small orifice through it, +that the gas may be thrown with some force on the silk, and will have a +more certain effect. A solution of muriate of tin may be managed in a +similar manner, but none of these solutions can be thus revived on +paper. +</p> + + +<a name="11"> </a> +<p class="item"> +11. <span class="sc">To silver looking glasses.</span>—Lay on a smooth board, a piece +of soft deer-skin leather, rather larger than the glass that is to be +silvered; and on the leather, having sprinkled a little fine whiting, +spread a piece of tin foil of the same size. Pour on a few drops of +mercury, and brush it over the tin with a smooth brush, till every part +of the tin becomes bright. Then add as much mercury as will lay on the +tin, and upon this lay the glass to be silvered: on the glass lay +another piece of leather, of the same size, and on that another +board.—Take up the boards with the glass, and pressing the boards +together, turn them with the glass, the other side up; take off the +upper board, and pass the glass with the tin and leather, between two +rollers, similar to those of a rolling press, for copper-plate +printing; thus to press out the mercury from between the tin and the +glass. Then place the glass between the boards again as before, and +place a heavy weight (which cannot be too heavy, unless it breaks the +glass) on the upper board, which must remain two or three days. The +glass may then be taken up. The practice of some is, to lay thin paper +on the mercury previous to laying on the glass; this paper, being +carefully drawn out, after the glass is laid on, serves to remove the +superfluous mercury, that the tin may come more nearly in contact with +the glass. In this case, no rollers are used. Concave or other fancy +glasses may be silvered, by making an impression with the glass, in a +kind of putty, made of fine sulphate of lime and water; and placing the +glass in the impression again with the tin foil and mercury, when the +plaster is dry, and subjecting it to pressure two or three days in that +situation. The experiment of silvering glass may be performed by +rubbing a drop of mercury on a small piece of tin foil, and pressing it +upon a piece of glass with the finger, or a piece of soft leather. In +this case, the glass will have acquired the reflective property of a +mirror; and if a similar pressure be continued a few hours, the tin +will adhere permanently. +</p> + + +<a name="12"> </a> +<p class="item"> +12. <span class="sc">To write on paper with gold or silver.</span>—Make a sizing as +strong as will flow freely from the pen, by dissolving equal quantities +of gum-arabic and loaf sugar in water; write with this on paper and let +it dry; then moisten the paper by breathing on it, or by holding it +over hot water, and immediately lay pieces of gold or silver leaf on +the lines of the writing, pressing them down gently with a dry hair +pencil. Otherwise, brush gold or silver bronze lightly over the +writing; but this will not have so brilliant an appearance. Allow the +sizing to dry again, and then brush off the redundant gold or silver +with cotton. This writing, (if performed with leaf gold or silver) may +be burnished with a flint burnisher or a cornelian or blood-stone. Gold +letters may also be written or drawn with a hair pencil by means of +gold bronze, mixed with weak gum-water, to which may be added a little +solution of soap, which will make it run more freely. But no +preparation of solution of gold has yet been discovered, which may be +easily revived on paper. +</p> + + +<a name="13"> </a> +<p class="item"> +13. <span class="sc">To make good shining black ink.</span>—Take two ounces of +nut-galls in coarse powder; one ounce of logwood in thin chips; one +ounce of sulphate of iron; three-fourths of an ounce of gum-arabic; +one-fourth of an ounce of sulphate of copper; and one-fourth of an +ounce of loaf sugar. Boil the galls and logwood together in three pints +of water, till the quantity is reduced to one half. Then the liquor +must be strained through a flannel into a proper vessel, and the +remainder of the ingredients be added to it. The mixture is then to be +frequently stirred till the whole is dissolved; after which it must be +left at rest for twenty-four hours. The ink may then be decanted from +the gross sediment, and must be preserved in a glass bottle well +corked. +</p> + + +<a name="14"> </a> +<p class="item"> +14. <span class="sc">Blue ink.</span>—Dissolve one ounce of gum-arabic in a pint of +water. In a part of this gum-water, grind a small quantify of best +prussian blue; you may thus bring it to any depth of colour you choose. +Indigo will answer this purpose very well, but is not so fine a colour, +nor will it remain suspended so uniformly in the water. +</p> + + +<a name="15"> </a> +<p class="item"> +15. <span class="sc">Red ink.</span>—In the above mentioned gum-water, grind very +fine, three parts of vermillion with one of lake or carmine. This is a +very perfect colour, but may require to be shaken up occasionally. To +make the common red ink, such as is used by book binders for ruling, +&c. infuse half a pound of rasped brazil-wood, for two or three days in +a pint of vinegar; then filter or strain it, and add one ounce of +gum-arabic, and one ounce of alum. It may afterward be diluted +occasionally with water. +</p> + + +<a name="16"> </a> +<p class="item"> +16. <span class="sc">Yellow ink.</span>—Steep one ounce of turmeric, in powder, in +half a gill of alcohol; let it rest twenty-four hours, and then add an +equal quantity of water;—throw the whole on a cloth, and express the +coloured liquor, which mix with gum-water. Rum or other spirits may be +substituted in the place of alcohol. A solution of gamboge in water, +writes a full yellow, but comes far short of turmeric in brightness. +</p> + + +<a name="17"> </a> +<p class="item"> +17. <span class="sc">Green ink.</span>—To the tincture of turmeric, prepared as +above, add a little prussian blue. A variety of tints may be formed, by +varying the proportions of these two ingredients, and no artificial +colour can excel it in beauty. +</p> + + +<a name="18"> </a> +<p class="item"> +18. <span class="sc">Purple ink.</span>—To the blue ink, described at 14, add some +finely ground lake; or instead of this, the expressed juice of the +deepest coloured beets may be substituted, but is more liable to fade. +With either of these a variety of tints may be formed, by varying the +proportions. +</p> + + +<a name="19"> </a> +<p class="item"> +19. <span class="sc">To write in various colours with the same pen, ink and +paper.</span>—Take a sheet of white paper, and wet some parts of it with +a solution of sub-carbonate of potass, which must be diluted with water +so as not to appear on the paper when dry. Wet some other parts with +diluted muriatic acid, or with juice of lemons.—Some other parts may +be wet with a dilute solution of alum; and others with an infusion of +nut-galls (water in which bruised or pulverized nut-galls have been +steeped.) None of these preparations must be so strong as to colour the +paper any. When these are dry, take some finely powdered sulphate of +iron, and rub it lightly on some parts of the paper, that have been wet +with the sub-carbonate of potass, and infusion of galls. Then with the +juice of violets, or of the leaves of red cabbage, write on the paper +as usual with a pen. The ink is, of itself, a faint purple; where the +paper was wet with acid, the writing will be bright red; on the +sub-carbonate of potass, it will take a beautiful green; on the alum it +will be brown; on the sub-carbonate of potass that was rubbed with +powdered sulphate of iron, it will be deep yellow; and on the infusion +of galls that was rubbed with the powder, it will be black.—The juice +of violets will sometimes take a brilliant yellow on the alkali if it +be very strong. The juice of violets or red cabbage may be kept a long +time by means of the addition of a few drops of alcohol; or the leaves +may be dryed by the fire, and thus may be kept ready for use; and it is +only requisite to steep them in hot water, in order to prepare the ink +at any time. <i>Note.</i>—The yellow ink, described at 16, writes a +full red where the paper has been wet with the solution of +sub-carbonate of potass; while the solution of sulphate of iron, which +has no colour of itself, writes a deep yellow on the alkali, and black +on the infusion of galls. +</p> + + +<a name="20"> </a> +<p class="item"> +20. <span class="sc">Sympathetic inks for secret correspondence.</span>—<i>Process +1.</i>—Dissolve muriate of ammonia in water, and write;—the writing +will be invisible. When you would make the writing appear, heat the +paper by the fire, and the writing will become black. +</p> + + +<p> </p> +<p class="item"> +21. <i>Process 2.</i>—Write with a solution of sulphate of iron—the +writing will be invisible. Dip a feather in an infusion of nut-galls, +and with it wet the paper, and the writing will become black. +</p> + + +<p> </p> +<p class="item"> +22. <i>Process 3.</i>—Write with a dilute infusion of galls,—it will +be invisible. Dip a feather in a solution of sulphate of iron, and +moisten the paper with it and the writing will become black. +</p> + + +<p> </p> +<p class="item"> +23. <i>Process 4.</i>—Write with a solution of sub-carbonate of +potass; wet this writing with a solution of sulphate of iron,—it will +take a deep yellow colour. +</p> + + +<p> </p> +<p class="item"> +24. <i>Process 5.</i>—Write with a solution of sulphate of copper,—no +writing will be visible. Wash the paper with a solution of prussiate of +potass,—the writing will then get a reddish brown colour. +</p> + + +<p> </p> +<p class="item"> +25. <i>Process 6.</i>—Write with a solution of super-carbonate of +soda;—moisten the paper with a solution of sulphate of copper, and the +writing will become green. +</p> + + +<p> </p> +<p class="item"> +26. <i>Process 7.</i>—Write with diluted nitrate of silver, and let +the writing dry in the dark—it will be invisible; but expose the paper +to the rays of the sun, and the writing will become black. +</p> + + +<a name="27"> </a> +<p class="item"> +27. <span class="sc">Luminous ink that will shine in the dark.</span>—To half an +ounce of essential oil of cinnamon, in a phial, add half a drachm of +phosphorus. Cork the phial slightly, and set it, or suspend it near a +fire, where the heat may be nearly equal to boiling; continue the heat +four or five hours, shaking the phial frequently, but cautiously lest +any of the oil should escape, or come in contact with atmospheric air, +in which case it would take fire. The cork should be set sufficiently +tight to exclude atmospheric air, but not so as to prevent the escape +of any vapour that might be produced by excess of heat. The phial may +be afterward removed from the fire and suffered to cool. With this +phosphorised oil, any letters may be written on paper, and if carried +into a dark room, will appear very bright, resembling fire. The phial +should be kept corked close, except when used. +</p> + + +<a name="28"> </a> +<p class="item"> +28. <span class="sc">To make a writing appear and disappear at +pleasure.</span>—Dissolve equal parts of sulphate of copper and muriate +of ammonia in water, and write. When you would make the writing appear, +warm the paper gently by the fire; the writing will appear in a yellow +colour; but as soon as you take the paper into the cold air, the +writing will vanish. This may be often repeated. +</p> + + +<a name="29"> </a> +<p class="item"> +29. <span class="sc">To make a writing vanish and another appear in its +place.</span>—Write on paper with a solution of sub-carbonate of +potass,—the writing will be invisible. Mix together equal parts of +solution of sulphate of iron, and infusion of galls; write with this +mixture (which is black) on the same paper. Then add to the black +liquor a little sulphuric acid, sufficient to deprive it of colour. Wet +the paper with this compound; the acid will discharge the colour from +the last writing, while the alkali of the first, will precipitate the +gallate of iron, and the writing will become black. +</p> + + +<a name="30"> </a> +<p class="item"> +30. <span class="sc">To restore old writing that is nearly defaced.</span>—Boil one +ounce of powdered nut-galls, for an hour or more in a pint of white +wine; filter the liquor, and when cold, wet the paper with it, or pass +it on the lines with a camel hair pencil, and the writing will be much +revived. +</p> + + +<a name="31"> </a> +<p class="item"> +31. <span class="sc">To paint a picture that will appear and disappear +occasionally.</span>—To half an ounce of nitric acid, add one drachm of +cobalt, one drachm of muriate of soda, and two ounces of water; set it +in a sand bath or on warm ashes, where it must remain five or six +hours. Then filter the solution, (which is nitro-muriate of cobalt,) +and with it draw the trees, and shrubbery of a designed picture. Then +with a solution of oxide of cobalt in acetic acid, draw some distant +mountains, fences, &c. and with muriate of copper, (the compound +solution described at 28,) draw some flowers, buildings, &c. These will +all be invisible when dry; but warm the paper and the picture will +appear in green, blue and yellow. It will disappear again when the +paper becomes cold. +</p> + +<a name="32"> </a> +<p class="item"> +32. <span class="sc">Landscape painting on walls of rooms.</span>—Dissolve half a +pound of glue in a gallon of water, and with this sizing, mix whatever +colours may be required for the work. Strike a line round the room, +nearly breast high; this is called the horizon line: paint the walls +from the top to within six inches of the horizon line, with sky blue, +(composed of refined whiting and indigo, or slip blue,) and at the same +time, paint the space from the horizon line to the blue, with horizon +red, (whiting, coloured a little with orange lead and yellow ochre,) +and while the two colours are wet, incorporate them partially, with a +brush. Rising clouds may be represented by striking the horizon red +colour upon the blue, before it is dry, with a large brush. Change some +sky blue about two shades with slip blue and paint your design for +rivers, lakes or the ocean. Change some sky blue one shade with forest +green, (slip blue and chrome yellow,) and paint the most distant +mountains and highlands; shade them while wet, with blue, and heighten +them with white, observing always to heighten the side that is towards +the principal light of the room. The upper surface of the ocean must be +painted as high as the horizon line, and the distant highlands must +rise from ten to twenty inches above it.—Paint the highlands, islands, +&c. of the second distance, which should appear from four to six miles +distant, with mountain green, (two parts sky blue with one of forest +green,) heighten them, while wet, with sulphur yellow, (three parts +whiting with one of chrome yellow,) and shade with blue-black, (slip +blue and lamp black equal.) Paint the lands of the first distance, such +as should appear within a mile or two, with forest green; heighten with +chrome yellow and shade with black; occasionally incorporating red +ochre, french green or whiting. The nearest part, or fore ground, +however, should be painted very bold with yellow ochre, stone brown, +(red and yellow ochres and lamp black equal,) and black. Paint the +shores and rocks of the first distance with stone brown; heighten with +horizon red, shade with black. For those of the second distance, each +colour must be mixed with sky blue.—The wood lands, hedges and trees +of the second distance are formed by striking a small flat stiff brush +end-wise, (which operation is called bushing, and is applied to the +heightening and shading all trees and shrubbery of any distance,) with +mountain green, deepened a little with slip blue; with which also the +ground work for trees of the first distance is painted; and with this +colour the water may be shaded a little under the capes and islands, +thus representing the reflection of the land in the water. Trees of the +first distance are heightened with sulphur yellow or french green; and +shaded with blue-black. Every object must be painted larger or smaller, +according to the distance at which it is represented; thus the proper +height of trees in the second distance, is from one to two inches, and +other objects in proportion. Those in the first distance from six to +ten inches generally; but those in the fore ground, which are nearest, +are frequently painted as large as the walls will admit. The colours +also for distant objects, houses, ships, &c., must be varied, being +mixed with more or less sky blue, according to the distance of the +object. By these means the view will apparently recede from the eye, +and will have a very striking effect. +</p> + + +<a name="33"> </a> +<p class="item"> +33. <span class="sc">To paint in figures for carpets or borders.</span>—Take a sheet +of pasteboard or strong paper, and paint thereon with a pencil, any +flower or figure that would be elegant for a border or carpet figure; +then with small gouges and chisels, or a sharp pen knife, cut out the +figure completely, that it be represented by apertures cut through the +paper. Lay this pattern on the ground intended to receive the figure, +whether a floor or painted cloth, and with a stiff smooth brush, paint +with a quick vibrative motion over the whole figure.—Then take up the +paper and you will have an entire figure on the ground. +<i>Note.</i>—If a floor is to be thus painted, in imitation of a +carpet, the pattern must be perfectly square, and the figure so +designed, that when several of them come together, they may completely +match each other; and when different colours are used in the same +figure, they must be kept a little separate from each other, and +wrought with different brushes. +</p> + + +<a name="34"> </a> +<p class="item"> +34. <span class="sc">To paint in imitation of mahogany and maple.</span>—First give +the work one or two coats of straw coloured paint, composed of white +lead and yellow ochre, ground in linseed oil, to which may be added a +little fine litharge, that the paint may the sooner dry; when this is +dry, rub it smooth with sand-paper. Then if mahogany is to be imitated, +stain the work over with boiled linseed oil, coloured a little with +venetian red and burnt terra-de-sienna, equal quantities. This should +be applied with a short stiff brush, and spread very thin that it may +not run, or drip off. Then with terra-de-sienna, ground very thick in +oil, form the dark shades of the graining according to your design, +with a small flat brush. For this purpose a common sash-brush may be +made flat, by having a small piece of wire, or wood, bound on each side +near the handle. Some of the darker shades may be drawn with burnt +umber and black, ground together, which may be applied with a camel +hair pencil. If any part is to be made very light, the staining may be +wiped off carefully with a ball of cotton. Light stripes, or lines may +be produced by drawing a piece of cork or soft wood over the work, thus +taking off or removing the dark colours, that the original ground may +appear.—To imitate maple, the work must be stained with yellow ochre, +and burnt umber, ground together in boiled oil. Instead of burnt umber, +terra-de-sienna (unburnt) is sometimes used, but as different kinds, or +parcels of it, vary in colour, from yellow to brown, it may not be +depended on uniformly. The birds' eyes and curls are formed by removing +the staining from the ground with a piece of stiff leather, the edges +of which are cut in notches so that the several points will touch the +work at the same time. +</p> + + +<a name="35"> </a> +<p class="item"> +35. <span class="sc">The art of painting on glass.</span>—If the common cakes of +water-colours are to be used in this work, they should be mixed with +water in which a little muriate of soda has been dissolved. Other +paints may be ground in shellac varnish; or in linseed oil, but this +will not dry so quick. The most proper colours for this work, on +account of their transparency, are india ink, or lamp black, burnt +umber, burnt terra-de-sienna, lake and gamboge or chrome yellow. These +must be laid on very thin, that they may be the more transparent. Set +up the glass on its edge, against a window, or place a lamp on the +opposite side that the light may shine through, and with a fine hair +pencil, draw the out lines of your design on the glass with black; +afterward shade and paint it with the above mentioned colours, +observing to paint that part of the work first, which in other painting +would be done last. The shading may be performed by laying on two or +more coats of the colour, where you want it darker. If transparency is +not required, a greater variety of colours may be used, and laid on in +full heavy coats. Any writing or lettering in this work, must be +written from right to left, contrary to the usual order. In some +pieces, the body of some of the principal objects, may be left blank, +so that by placing pieces of silk or paper of different colours, on the +opposite side of the glass the picture will also appear in different +colours, and may be changed from one colour to another at pleasure. +</p> + + +<a name="36"> </a> +<p class="item"> +36. <span class="sc">Best method of polishing steel.</span>—For this purpose a wheel +must be provided that is perfectly round, and the rim of it covered +with deer-skin, or buff-leather. The diameter of the wheel, for common +purposes may be about two feet; but for polishing razors, and some +other similar instruments, the wheel should not be more than five or +six inches in diameter, and two inches thick. The steel must first be +ground smooth as possible on a common, or fine grained stone; it may +then be applied to the polishing wheel, which must be turned with such +velocity that the surface, or rim, may move at the rate of from forty +to sixty feet in a second; and the leather must frequently have a +powder applied, called crocus of iron, which is prepared by calcining +sulphate of iron in a crucible till it becomes a fine red oxide +resembling rust. For ordinary work, the leather may be moistened with +olive oil, that it may the better retain the powder; but it will give a +more perfect polish if kept dry. If any perfectly plain surfaces, such +as mirrors are to be polished, they must be applied to the sides of a +wheel, and not to the edge or rim, in the manner of other work. +</p> + + +<a name="37"> </a> +<p class="item"> +37. <span class="sc">To make letters or flowers of blue, on polished +steel.</span>—Hold the steel over a charcoal fire till it becomes +blue;—let it cool. Then with equal parts of rosin and bees wax, melted +together, coloured a little with lamp black, and diluted with spirits +of turpentine, so as to work freely with a camel hair pencil, draw any +letters or figures on the steel, while it is a little warm. When the +steel has become cold, wash it over with muriatic acid, diluted with +two parts water, to one of acid; thus take off the blue colour, and +then wash it with clear water. Afterward the varnish, being warmed a +little, may be readily washed off with spirits of turpentine, and the +letters or flowers will remain blue. <i>Note.</i>—If letters are +formed of polished steel with this varnish, and the body of the metal +be also covered with it, except a small space round the letters, and +then bathed with muriatic acid, the space round the letters, will +become a dull iron colour, while the letters and the body of the steel +will retain their polished surface and brilliancy. +</p> + + +<a name="38"> </a> +<p class="item"> +38. <span class="sc">To preserve the brightness of polished steel.</span>—Grind an +ounce of native plumbago, (such as is used for making lead pencils,) +very fine in a gill of spirits of turpentine; then add an ounce of +clean bees wax; apply a gentle heat, till the wax is melted, and +continue stirring it till it is nearly cold. Brush over the steel with +this composition, and when the spirits have evaporated, rub the work +hard with a piece of glove leather, and wipe off nearly all the wax, +that the metal may retain its brightness. This may be applied to iron +or steel in machinery, or other work, and will be found to answer a +much better purpose than oil, as it is less liable to collect dust from +the atmosphere, and is, in general, much more durable. +</p> + + +<a name="39"> </a> +<p class="item"> +39. <span class="sc">To give steel a temper to cut marble.</span>—No temper can be +given to steel, in which hardness is combined with tenacity, more than +in that given to files, at the file manufactories, which is +accomplished by the following process.—To boiling water, add about +twice as much finely ground muriate of soda, as the water will +dissolve, and as much rye flour as will, with the other, make a thick +paste; lay a coat of this paste over the steel, (which must be ground, +or filed previous to tempering,) and subject it to a full red heat, in +a fire of charcoal, mixed with about a third part of animal coal, (coal +of bones, horns, leather, &c.) and then suddenly plunge it three or +four feet deep, in exceeding cold water. By thus immersing the steel +rather deep in the water there is a double advantage; for the water +which becomes heated, by contact with the steel, will rise and its +place be supplied continually by fresh cold water; and at the same +time, the pressure of the water on the coating of paste, will make it +adhere more closely to the steel while it is cooling. The paste may +then be shelled off, and the steel will be found as bright as before, +or at least, will not have been essentially oxydized by the operation. +</p> + + +<a name="40"> </a> +<p class="item"> +40. <span class="sc">To wash iron or steel with copper.</span>—Dissolve sulphate of +copper in water, in the proportion of one to three; wash the iron or +steel with it, and it will instantly be covered with reduced copper. +This is best performed by applying the solution with a brush, which +must be followed directly with a sponge of clear water. In this manner +any letters or figures may be drawn with a camel-hair pencil, or a pen, +and if it be on polished steel, the letters or flowers will assume the +brilliancy of the steel and appear like highly polished copper. It may +sometimes be requisite to cleanse the metal by washing it with diluted +muriatic acid, that the copper may adhere the more readily. If the +steel thus ornamented, be held over a charcoal fire, the copper figures +become blue first; and when the steel becomes blue, the copper takes a +gold colour; but is restored again to its original colour, by diluted +muriatic acid. +</p> + + +<a name="41"> </a> +<p class="item"> +41. <span class="sc">To give iron the whiteness of silver.</span>—To nitric acid, +diluted with an equal quantity of water, add as much mercury as the +acid will dissolve; then add to the solution, three or four times as +much water, and having given the iron a coat of copper, as directed in +the last experiment, brush it over in the same manner with the diluted +nitrate of mercury; its appearance will be equal, if not superior to +that of real silver. In this manner any common, or rough iron work, may +be apparently silvered at a most insignificant expense. +</p> + + +<a name="42"> </a> +<p class="item"> +42. <span class="sc">To wash iron with tin.</span>—Small pieces of iron may be +tinned, after being filed bright, by washing them with a saturated +solution of muriate of ammonia in water and dipping them, while moist, +in a vessel of melted tin. If the iron is of such form as cannot be +conveniently filed, it may be immersed in nitric acid, diluted with as +much water as acid; when the acid begins to act sensibly on every part, +it may be washed with water, and then with the muriate of ammonia, and +if a little fine rosin be sprinkled on it previous to dipping it in the +tin, it may be an advantage. The iron must remain in the tin till it +becomes nearly as hot as the tin, otherwise it will be coated too +thick. Muriatic acid may sometimes be used, instead of muriate of +ammonia, and if the iron is not filed, it will answer a better purpose. +The inside of cast iron vessels may be tinned as follows: Cleanse the +iron by scouring or rubbing it with a sharp grained stone, keeping the +iron wet with diluted nitric acid. As the most prominent parts of the +iron will be first brightened by the stone, the acid will also commence +its action on the same parts, which will very much facilitate the work, +while the hollows, and deeper parts of the surface, will remain +untouched till the iron is nearly smooth. When this is accomplished, +wash the iron with water, and then with clear muriatic acid; turn the +vessel over to drain off the superfluous acid; then set it upright, and +fill it with melted tin, which must be poured in cautiously, directly +on the bottom of the vessel first, and the stream of tin increased till +the vessel is full; then pour out the tin suddenly, and invert the +vessel till it is cold. Sheets of iron are tinned, in the manufactories +of tin plate, by immersing the sheets, endwise, in a pot of melted tin, +the top of which is covered with about two inches depth of tallow. This +tallow answers a better purpose, after it has become brown by use, than +it does at first. The only preparation of the iron sheets is, to scour +them perfectly clean and bright. +</p> + + +<a name="43"> </a> +<p class="item"> +43. <span class="sc">To give tin the whiteness and brilliancy of silver.</span>—To an +ounce of nitric acid, diluted with an equal quantity of water, add +nearly an ounce of mercury, or as much as the acid will dissolve. When +this is dissolved, add to the solution, gradually, half an ounce of +sulphuric acid; this will precipitate the mercury in the form of a +white powder; when this has subsided, pour off the acid and add clear +water; thus wash the powder from the acid, then pour off the water, and +while the precipitate is moist, (or if it be suffered to dry, it may be +again moistened with water,) rub it over the tin with a piece of glove +leather.—Then wash the tin with water, and when it is dry, rub it +pretty hard with a piece of fine woollen cloth; it will resemble +polished silver. +</p> + + +<a name="44"> </a> +<p class="item"> +44. <span class="sc">To give tin a changeable crystalline appearance.</span>—Cleanse +the tin by washing it with warm soap and water, and rinse it in clear +water. Then heat the tin to the temperature of bare sufferance to the +hand, and pour on it, or apply with a brush or sponge, a mixture of one +ounce of muriatic acid, with one fourth of an ounce of sulphuric acid, +and two ounces of water; then immediately wash the tin in clear water. +Another method is, to apply in the same manner a solution of two ounces +of muriate of soda, in four ounces of water, with one ounce of nitric +acid. In either case, if the crystalline figures are not bold enough, +the operation may be repeated. If a very small figure is required, the +tin may be heated nearly to flowing, and plunged into cold water, +slightly acidulated with nitric and muriatic acids. If a little solder +is drawn over the tin with a hot iron or copper, in such manner as to +form a cross, or circle, and the opposite side of the tin be afterwards +crystallized, it will have a beautiful effect. +</p> + + +<a name="45"> </a> +<p class="item"> +45. <span class="sc">To make a gold coloured varnish for tin.</span>—To half a pint +of alcohol, in a flask, add one ounce of gum-shellac, and half an ounce +of turmeric, both in powder; set the flask in a warm place, frequently +shaking it, for twelve hours or more; then filter or strain off the +liquor, which may be occasionally diluted with new rum.—If a colour is +required resembling dutch gold, a small quantity of dragon's blood may +be added, or substituted in the place of turmeric.—When this varnish +is used, it must be applied to the work freely and flowing, and must +not be brushed or rubbed while it is drying. One or more coats of this +varnish (or laquer as it is sometimes called) may be laid on the work, +as the colour is required to be deeper or lighter. <i>Note.</i>—To +make a rose coloured varnish, proceed as above directed, only +substitute one-fourth of an ounce of the best lake, finely ground, in +the place of turmeric. A transparent blue varnish may also be made by +means of prussian blue; and purple or green, by adding a little blue to +the gold, or rose coloured varnishes. These laquers are frequently +employed for washing silver bronzed ornaments, to give them the +appearance of gold or copper. +</p> + + +<a name="46"> </a> +<p class="item"> +46. <span class="sc">To make shellac varnish for japanning.</span>—To one quart of +the best alcohol, add half a pound of the thinnest and most transparent +gum-shellac; mix and shake these together, and let them stand in a warm +place for two or three days; then strain the varnish through a fine +flannel, and bottle it. Shellac varnish is used for japanning lamps, +tea trays, &c. Any of the colours commonly used for oil painting, may +be ground in this varnish and should be applied to the work with a +smooth brush, and in a warm place; and the work to be japanned, should +be perfectly dry and warm. <i>Note.</i>—Most of the writers on the +subject of japanning, have recommended seed-lac varnish; but it is a +fact, though not so generally known as it ought to be, that shellac and +seed-lac are the same substance; the only difference is, that shellac +is in a more clarified and refined state, than that which is called +seed-lac. +</p> + + +<a name="47"> </a> +<p class="item"> +47. <span class="sc">To make the best copal varnish.</span>—Take one pound of +gum-copal, and melt in a flask over a brisk fire of charcoal; at the +same time in another flask, boil, or heat to the point of boiling, one +pint of linseed oil; as soon as the gum is melted, take it from the +fire, and add the hot oil in small quantities, at the same time +stirring or shaking it till they are thoroughly incorporated. Allow the +mixture to cool below the boiling point of water, and then add nearly a +quart of spirits of turpentine;—cork the flask slightly, and expose it +for a few days to the rays of the sun, which will make it work more +smooth and shining. If a larger quantity is to be made, a copper +boiler, that is small at the top will answer to melt the gum in. For +ordinary or coarse work, a larger proportion of oil and a little rosin +may be added. If oil is used in which red lead and litharge (in the +proportion of half a pound of each to a gallon of oil) have been +previously boiled, the varnish will the sooner dry. +</p> + + +<a name="48"> </a> +<p class="item"> +48. <span class="sc">To make a spirit varnish for pictures and fancy boxes.</span>—To +a pint of alcohol, in a flask, add four ounces of gum-mastic, and one +ounce of gum-sandarac, both in powder; expose the mixture to a gentle +heat, sufficient to produce a slight ebulition for a few minutes, +frequently shaking it, and the gums will be dissolved; strain the +varnish through a fine flannel, bottle and cork it. Some recommend the +addition of venice turpentine, by means of which, a small quantity of +gum-copal, finely powdered, may also be dissolved, but as venice +turpentine contains a portion of spirits of turpentine, it renders the +varnish too penetrating for many purposes; and even the gum-sandarac +may be omitted without any essential disadvantage. This varnish should +be a little warm when used. +</p> + + +<a name="49"> </a> +<p class="item"> +49. <span class="sc">To make elastic varnish for umbrellas, or hat cases.</span>—To a +pint of spirits of turpentine, in a flask, add one ounce of +gum-elastic, cut into very small pieces; put in the cork slightly and +set the flask in a warm place, where the heat may not be equal to that +of boiling water, till the gum-elastic is dissolved, which may be +effected in four or five hours. Then strain the solution through a +strong linen or cotton cloth, and add half a pint of boiled linseed +oil. <i>Note.</i>—A larger proportion of gum-elastic may be dissolved, +and a less quantity of oil added, by which means the varnish will be +more elastic, but will not have so smooth and permanent a gloss. +</p> + + +<a name="50"> </a> +<p class="item"> +50. <span class="sc">To varnish maps and pictures.</span>—Take a piece of linen, or +cotton cambric, rather larger than the map or picture to be varnished, +and draw it straight upon a frame of convenient size, and confine it +at the edges by small tacks or nails. Lay a thin coat of fine rye +flour paste on this, and on the back of the paper that is to be +varnished; lay the paper on the cambric and press them together till +the paper adheres firmly in every part. When this is dry, give the +face of the print two or three coats of a strong solution of +gum-arabic in water, allowing each sufficient time to become perfectly +dry. This sizing must be applied with a large smooth brush, and must +be spread over the work very quickly, and with as little brushing as +possible. Afterwards, give the work one or more coats of the varnish +described at 48. <i>Note.</i>—Very small prints may not require to be +pasted on cambric; and if the paper be very thick, the varnish may be +applied without the previous sizing. Ising-glass, (which may be +readily dissolved in boiling water) is sometimes added to the +gum-arabic, and increases the strength of the sizing, but is somewhat +less transparent than pure gum-arabic. A more simple method of +varnishing prints, is to size them with a solution of loaf sugar, and +finish with a solution of rosin in spirits of turpentine. +</p> + + +<a name="51"> </a> +<p class="item"> +51. <span class="sc">To make brunswick blacking for picture glasses.</span>—Take one +pound of gum-asphaltum and melt it over a slow fire; then take it from +the fire and add spirits of turpentine in small quantities, stirring it +briskly till it is of the consistence of varnish. As there is some +danger of its taking fire when the spirits of turpentine is added, it +may be well to be provided with a piece of wet flannel, to throw over +it if that should happen. When it is nearly cold, strain it through a +flannel, and bottle it for use. This blacking is used for bordering +picture glasses, and is probably the most perfect black in nature. It +is water proof and dries very quick. +</p> + + +<a name="52"> </a> +<p class="item"> +52. <span class="sc">To make a print appear on a gold ground.</span>—Dilute venice +turpentine with spirits of turpentine till it works freely with a +camel-hair pencil; lay a coat of this varnish on any part of a print or +picture, observing to keep the pencil within the lines, that the +varnish may not spread beyond. Then lay a coat of the varnish on the +same part of the back of the paper and lay on a leaf of gold over the +varnished part; press down the gold very gently with cotton, and the +varnish having rendered the paper transparent, the face of the picture +will appear as if those parts were printed in gold. By this varnish +(which is less liable to spread in the paper than oil) pictures may be +so prepared, that the colours of various parts of them, may be varied +and changed at pleasure, by placing pieces of silk or paper of +different colours on the back of them. +</p> + + +<a name="53"> </a> +<p class="item"> +53. <span class="sc">Best method of tracing or copying a picture.</span>—Perhaps the +most simple method of copying the outlines of a picture, is to place +the picture against a window, with the paper over it, on which the copy +is to be drawn; the principal lines of the picture will be seen through +the other paper, and may readily be traced with a lead pencil. But the +usual manner of copying, in landscape painting, and which will answer +for pictures of any size, is to rub over the back of the picture with +plumbago, or red ochre; then lay the picture on the ground that is to +receive the copy, and trace the lines with a smooth pointed steel, or +piece of hard wood. The ground will thus be very accurately and +distinctly marked, by the plumbago or ochre adhering to the ground in +the lines that are traced. When several copies are to be taken from the +same pattern, (which frequently occurs in ornamental painting,) the +outlines of the first copy may be perforated with some pointed +instrument, so that being laid on the other grounds that are to receive +the copies, and brushed over with a little fine dry whiting, or red +ochre, (as the case may require) the whiting or ochre will penetrate +the perforated lines of the pattern, and thus mark the ground on which +it is laid. +</p> + + +<a name="54"> </a> +<p class="item"> +54. <span class="sc">The construction and use of a copying machine.</span>—Take two +strips of wood, which may be about three feet long, one inch wide, and +one-fourth of an inch thick; lay them on a table, parallel to each +other, and eighteen inches apart. Across these, lay three other strips, +which must be eighteen inches long, that each end of each piece may +rest on one of the longer strips. Two of these must lie across the +opposite ends of the longer pieces, and the other across the centre, +thus forming two squares. Drive a pin through the ends of the short +pieces, or confine them by rivets to the others, but not so as to +prevent their playing circularly on the rivets. Then drive a pin or +pivot through the centre of the middle cross-bar into the table, or +board on which the work lies. In one end of one of the long strips +(which may project a little over the cross-bar) fix a lead pencil, with +the point downward, so that it may bear lightly on the board; and under +this pencil, place the paper that is to receive the copy. And in the +opposite end of the other piece, fix a smooth iron point, in a manner +similar to that of the pencil, and under this point place the picture +that is to be copied. Then with the iron point, carefully trace the +lines of the picture, and the pencil in the opposite corner will move +in a transverse direction, and draw the same picture very accurately on +the other paper. If you fix the pencil half way between its former +place and the middle cross-bar, and remove the pivot to a point that is +directly in a line with the pencil and the iron point, it will give a +copy in exact proportion, but only one fourth part as large as the +picture that is copied. Thus the copy may be decreased or increased to +any size, and still retain its regular proportions. In this manner, +painting on wood or canvas may be copied, which could not readily be +done in any other way. +</p> + + +<a name="55"> </a> +<p class="item"> +55. <span class="sc">To produce the exact likeness of any object, instantly on +paper.</span>—This may be readily effected by laying the paper on a +table, and holding a double convex lens (a common sun-glass) over it, +and then placing a mirror over the lens, in an oblique position so as +to face partly downward, and partly towards the object that is to be +represented. The rays of light passing from the object to the mirror, +will be reflected downward through the lens, and produce the likeness +of the object in full colours on the paper. This experiment may be +easily made in the evening, by reflecting the flame of a candle in this +manner, which will appear very brilliant on the paper. But in order to +render the reflection of an object distinctly visible by day light, it +may be requisite to exclude nearly all the light from the paper, except +what falls through the lens. In all cases, the lens must be placed at a +distance above the paper, according to its focus, or the distance at +which it would contract the rays of the sun to the smallest point. A +very convenient camera obscura, for drawing landscapes, or even +portraits may be constructed as follows: Make a box of boards, in the +form of a regular cube, being one foot in length, breadth and height; +bore a hole of one inch diameter, through the centre of the top; and on +this, fix a double convex lens, the focus of which must reach the +bottom of the box. Make an aperture of about six inches in length, and +one in breadth, through one side of the box at the top, by shaving off, +or hollowing the edge in such manner that when you put your face to the +aperture to look into the box, it will exclude all the light except +what falls through the lens. Make a hole through each end of the box, +near the bottom, large enough to put in the hands, with paper and +pencil. On the top of the box, on the right and left sides of the lens, +fix two pieces of boards, which may be about four inches high, eight +inches long, and three inches distant from each other. Between these +boards, fix a piece of looking glass, three inches square, and facing +from you; the lower edge of the glass, being near the lens, on the side +towards you; and the upper edge inclining towards you about thirty +degrees from a perpendicular. Directly over, and nearly four inches +above the lens, place another mirror, the centre of which must face +directly towards the lower edge of the first. Cover the glass-box so as +to exclude all the light from the glasses except what falls on them +horizontally from objects directly in front of you, and place a sheet +of paper on the bottom of the box inside. The rays of light, passing +from objects in front, will be reflected from the first mirror to the +second, and from the second, through the lens to the paper, where you +will have a perfect similitude of the objects in view, in full colours, +and true perspective, and may trace them on the paper, with a pencil or +pen. +</p> + + +<a name="56"> </a> +<p class="item"> +56. <span class="sc">Copper-plate engraving.</span>—For this purpose, provide a plate +of copper, rather larger than the design that is to be engraved, and +may be about one sixteenth of an inch thick; planish by rubbing it, +first, directly length-wise, and afterwards breadth-wise with a piece +of pumice-stone, which may be dipped occasionally in a mixture of one +part nitric acid, with six or seven parts water.—Then wash the copper +with clear water, and rub it with an oil stone that has a plane +surface; and then polish it with a piece of charcoal, that has been +ignited to redness and quenched in cold water. Afterwards burnish the +copper by rubbing it with polished steel. Lay a piece of transparent +paper on the design that is to be engraved, and trace the principal +lines with a lead pencil;—then brush over the copy or tracing with dry +red ochre, and having rubbed the copper plate with a piece of bees-wax, +lay the red side of the tracing on the plate; then with a smooth iron +point, trace the same lines again, that they may thus be transferred to +the plate by means of the red ochre and wax. Take up the paper and +trace the lines on the plate with a needle, thus scoring the lines +slightly on the copper. Then warm the plate and wipe off the wax, or +wash it off with spirits of turpentine, and rub the plate with fine dry +whiting. The next instrument to proceed with is the graver; consisting +of a blade of steel about three inches long, which is fixed in a +convenient handle like an awl. The form of the graver should be +triangular, or between a triangle and lozenge, having two sides plane +and the other round or swelled; and should taper regularly from the +handle to the point, or nearly so, but the point must be ground off +obliquely so that the edge may extend a little farther than the back; +and the edge should rise a little rounding towards the point. It is +very essential that the edge and point of the graver should be kept +very sharp. The manner of holding the graver, is to take the handle +into the hollow of the hand, pressing it with three fingers, on one +side, and the thumb on the other, and extend the fore finger on the +back of the blade towards the point.—The edge of the graver must rest +on the plate, and its motion when cutting must be endwise in all cases; +though there evidently might be a graver constructed, which might, in +some cases, be handled in a manner more similar to that of a pen or +pencil. A graver of a square form may also be requisite, for cutting +large and broad lines occasionally. In proceeding to engrave the plate, +begin with the outlines, observing to press harder or lighter on the +graver, as the lines require to be larger or smaller, and finish each +line with the same motion if possible, without taking the graver off +the plate. Having cut the outlines, proceed to fill up, and shade the +work discretionally, according to the design. It may be requisite, +after part of the work is engraved, to scrape it lightly with the edge +of the graver, to take off any roughness, that may have been formed on +the part engraved. If after finishing the design, any part appears to +have been improperly executed, such parts may be erased by the +burnisher, and may be re-engraved with the requisite amendments. +</p> + + +<a name="57"> </a> +<p class="item"> +57. <span class="sc">Etching on copper plates.</span>—Melt together two ounces of +bees-wax, and one ounce of venice turpentine, and when the wax is +melted and boils, add by small quantities, two ounces of gum-asphaltum, +stirring the mixture briskly at the same time; and when the mixture is +well incorporated, take it from the fire, let it cool a little, and +then pour it into warm water, and by working it with the hands, form it +into balls of about an inch in diameter, and wrap each of them in a +piece of taffety, or thin silk. Then, having prepared and polished a +plate of copper, as directed for copper-plate engraving, warm the plate +sufficiently to melt the balls of wax varnish, and rub one of them over +it, till every part of the polished side is covered with the varnish; +then with a ball of cotton, wrapped or tied up in taffety, beat every +part of the varnished plate gently, while the varnish is yet flowing, +that it may spread the more even and uniformly. Then hold the plate in +a horizontal position, with the varnished side down, and hold the flame +of a wax candle under it, or a small roll of paper that has been dipped +in melted wax, and thus blacken the varnish while the plate is yet warm +enough to keep it in a melted state. When the varnish has become +sufficiently and uniformly black, let the plate cool, and having drawn +the design on transparent paper, rub over the face of it with chalk; +then wipe off most of the chalk with a piece of flannel, lay the +chalked side on the varnish, and trace the lines, somewhat minutely, +with a smooth round pointed needle. Then take up the paper, and proceed +to scoring the lines in the varnish. For this purpose you must be +provided with several needles of different sizes, and fixed in handles, +which may be about four inches long, and nearly half an inch in +diameter, and the needle may project three fourths of an inch from the +handle. Some of these may be ground a little flat on one side, and +others may be round, but taper more abruptly at the point. These +needles may be held, and managed much the same as a pen. Begin scoring +with the out lines, observing to cut completely through the varnish, +but it is not requisite to scratch the copper, except in making very +heavy lines, when it cannot well be avoided. Having finished scoring +the varnish according to the design, fix a border of wax (composed of +two parts bees-wax and one of venice turpentine) round the work, on the +margin of the plate. This border may be about half an inch high, and +must be fixed to the plate while warm. Then pour on as much nitric +acid, diluted with an equal quantity of water, as the plate with the +border will contain. In about fifteen minutes pour off the acid, and +examine whether it has sufficiently corroded any part of the work; if +so, lay a mixture of warm tallow and linseed oil over such parts with a +hair pencil, and again pour on the acid. In half an hour more the acid +may be poured off, and the plate being warmed, the border may be +removed, and the varnish may be wiped off with a piece of linen +cloth;—the plate may then be washed with olive oil, and cleansed as +before with dry fine whiting. <i>Note</i>—Different artists use a +variety of different preparations of varnish for the purpose of +etching. In some old recipes, virgin wax, calcined asphaltum, gum +mastic, amber, colophony, greek pitch, burgundy pitch, black pitch, +resin, shoe makers' wax, &c. &c. are mentioned. But it is believed that +the above described varnish, while it is much more simple, will answer +equally as well for young practitioners; and it is not expected that +any will attempt very nice work, without further information than they +could expect to obtain from the sketches in this little collection. +</p> + + +<a name="58"> </a> +<p class="item"> +58. <span class="sc">Engraving and scraping in mezzotinto.</span>—Having prepared a +plate of copper, proceed to score it so full of lines, cross-lines and +diagonal lines, that when they are filled with ink, the plate may +appear quite black. For this purpose an instrument will be requisite +that is fashioned similar to a chisel, the round or sloping side being +scored or filed near the point, with lines or notches very near to each +other, so as to form a set of sharp uniform teeth at the edge; this +instrument is called a cradle, and should be a little round at the +corners. This cradle must be moved over the plate, in the manner of a +graver, scoring the plate uniformly in various directions. When the +scoring is finished, take a scraper, which may be similar to a knife, +having two edges, and sloping on each side towards the point; with +this, scrape off the roughness of the plate, in such places as is +required to be the lightest in the print; such parts as require to be +shaded partially, may not be scraped so deep, while the points that are +to be the brightest may be burnished quite smooth with the polished end +of a piece of steel, about the size of a large nail, and some of the +heaviest out-lines may be cut with a graver. Thus any portraits or +other figures may be formed on the plate, with due proportion of light +and shade, and will, if properly-managed, give an impression on paper, +equal in elegance to any that might be produced by other means. +</p> + + +<a name="59"> </a> +<p class="item"> +59. <span class="sc">Etching in aqua-tinta.</span>—Polish the plate of copper, the +same as for engraving; moisten the plate with water and sift on finely +powdered rosin and gum-asphaltum, so as to nearly cover the plate; then +warm the plate sufficient to make the powder adhere, but not to melt it +entirely. Transfer the design to the plate, and cover such parts as are +intended to remain white, with a varnish composed of bees wax and +linseed oil, which may be coloured a very little with black, and must +be applied to the work, while warm, with a camel hair pencil. Then fix +a border of wax round the plate, and pour on diluted nitric acid. In +about one minute, pour off the acid, and wash the plate with clear +water, but without effecting the varnish;—dry the plate, and apply the +varnish to such parts of the design as are intended to have but a faint +shade; then apply the acid for a minute or two longer. Thus proceed +biting in, and stopping out alternately, till every part of the design +has acquired its proper shade. But if any part requires a darker shade +than the ground, the powdered rosin may be removed from such parts with +a scraper. When the plate has become sufficiently corroded, the varnish +may be washed off with oil, or spirits of turpentine, and the plate may +be cleansed with whiting. +</p> + + +<a name="60"> </a> +<p class="item"> +60. <span class="sc">Copper-plate printing.</span>—The paper on which impressions +from a copper-plate are to be taken, should be moistened, or wet down +two or three days previous to printing; this is performed by dipping +the sheets in water severally, and then laying them all together under +a heavy weight till they are used. When the paper is ready, the +copper-plate may be warmed over a chafing dish of coals, and the +engraved side completely covered and all the lines filled with common +printing ink, or ink made of Frankfort black, finely ground in old +linseed oil. This may be done by means of a printing ball, or the ink +may be spread on the plate with a smooth stiff brush. The plate may +then be wiped with a piece of linen or cotton cloth, and afterward with +the hand, being passed slowly but hardly over the plate to take off all +the ink except what remains in the lines of the engraving; to +accomplish which more effectually, the hand may be rubbed occasionally +with dry whiting. When the plate is thoroughly cleaned of the redundant +ink, it may be laid on the table of a rolling press, and having a sheet +of the moistened paper laid upon the face of it, and a piece of fine +broad-cloth over the paper, the whole may be passed through the press. +Then on taking up the paper, it will be found to have received a black +impression from the plate, according to the engraving or etching, and +the plate may be again carried to the fire, to be blacked again as +before. This is the usual manner of printing; but when a rolling press +is not at hand, the plate and moistened paper may by other means, be +pressed hard and firmly together, and the paper will have received the +impression equally as fair. Any of the colours, commonly used in oil +painting, being ground very thick in oil may be substituted for ink in +copper-plate printing. The plate, after being used, should be wiped +clean with a piece of flannel, moistened with olive oil. +</p> + + +<a name="61"> </a> +<p class="item"> +61. <span class="sc">Etching letters or flowers on glass.</span>—Select a piece of +glass that is thick and straight, and lay a coat of melted bees-wax on +the fairest side; then with a needle, pen-knife, or any other +convenient pointed instrument, trace any design, or picture, which +being placed under the glass, may be seen through the wax; or form any +letters or figures on the glass, carefully cutting or scoring quite +through the wax, and making the lines large or small as occasion may +require. Then warm a piece of the wax, so as to form it into a roll, +about one fourth of an inch in diameter; lay this roll round the work +upon the glass, and press it down so as to make it adhere to the glass, +thus forming a border. Then take some finely powdered fluate of lime, +and strew it evenly over the glass, on the waxed side, that it may fill +all the lines in the wax; and then gently pour upon it, so as not to +displace the powder, as much sulphuric acid, diluted with thrice its +weight of water, as is sufficient to cover the powdered fluate of lime. +Let every thing remain in this state for three hours; then pour off the +mixture, and clean the glass by washing it with spirits of turpentine. +The figures which were scored in the wax, will be found engraven on the +glass; while the parts which the wax covered, will be uncorroded.—This +glass plate may be charged with ink, (or any thick oil paint) and +impressions may be taken from it on paper, the same as from copper +plates, only caution is requisite, that the glass be not broken by the +pressure. <i>Note.</i>—The fluoric acid, which is partly absorbed by +the water, in the above process, being very corrosive, should not be +suffered to touch the hands, nor any valuable vessel whatever. +</p> + + +<a name="62"> </a> +<p class="item"> +62. <span class="sc">To print figures with a smooth stone.</span>—Take a piece of +marble or slate, and form a smooth plane surface on one side, and on +this, paint any letters or figures with common oil paint of any colour. +When this is dry, wet the stone with water, which will not adhere to +the painted figures, especially if the paints were mixed with old +linseed oil, that will produce a sharp gloss. Then apply a printer's +ink-ball to the plane surface, by which means the dry painted figures +will be covered with the ink, while the bare surface of the stone, +being wet, will not be blackened or affected by it. Press the figured +surface upon some moistened paper, and it will give a fair impression +of the painted figures, on the paper. The block of stone must be then +dipped in the water, and again inked as before, Thus many impressions +may be taken with a tolerable degree of accuracy. +</p> + + +<a name="63"> </a> +<p class="item"> +63. <span class="sc">To cut glass with a piece of iron.</span>—Draw with a pencil on +paper, any pattern to which you would have the glass conform; place the +pattern under the glass, holding both together in the left hand, (for +the glass must not rest on any plane surface;) then take a common spike +or some similar piece of iron,—heat the point of it to redness, and +apply it to the edge of the glass; draw the iron slowly forward, and +the edge of the glass will immediately crack; continue moving the iron +slowly over the glass, tracing the pattern, and the chink in the glass +will follow at the distance of about half an inch, in every direction +according to the motion of the iron. It may sometimes be found +requisite, however, especially in forming corners, to apply a wet +finger to the opposite side of the glass. Tumblers and other glasses +may be cut or divided very fancifully by similar means. The iron must +be reheated as often as the crevice in the glass ceases to follow. +</p> + + +<a name="64"> </a> +<p class="item"> +64. <span class="sc">Best cement for joining glass.</span>—If the glass is not likely +to be exposed to moisture, the pieces may be joined by a solution of +equal parts of gum-arabic and loaf sugar in water; or if these are not +at hand, the white of an egg may answer nearly as well. But a strong +water proof cement that is equally transparent, may be made by +digesting finely powdered gum-copal, in thrice its weight of sulphuric +ether till it is dissolved. This solution may be applied to the edges +of the broken glass, with a camel hair pencil, and the pieces must be +put together immediately and pressed close till they adhere. +</p> + + +<a name="65"> </a> +<p class="item"> +65. <span class="sc">Best cement for joining china or crockery.</span>—Heat a piece +of chalk to a full red heat in a fire; and while this is heating, take +the white of an egg, and mix and beat together with it, one fourth of +its weight of pondered or scraped cheese, (such as is most void of +cream, or oily matter is preferable) or the curd that is formed by +adding vinegar to skimmed milk;—take the chalk from the fire, and +before it is cold, reduce it to powder, and add as much of it to the +mixture as will form a thick paste, and beat them anew all together, +and use the composition immediately. When this is dry, it will resist, +in a great measure, either heat or moisture. A semi-transparent cement, +suitable for china ware, may be made by gently boiling the flour of +rice with water. +</p> + + +<a name="66"> </a> +<p class="item"> +66. <span class="sc">To make a strong water proof glue.</span>—Dissolve common glue +in water in the usual way, and dip into it some clean paper, sufficient +to take up an ounce or more of the glue. When the paper is nearly dry, +roll it up, or cut it into strips and put them into a wide mouthed +phial or flask, with about four ounces of alcohol; suspend this over a +fire so as to boil it gently for an hour, having the cork set in +slightly to prevent its taking fire, but not so as to prevent the +vapour entirely. Then take out the paper (the only use of which is to +give the glue more surface for the action of the alcohol) and add one +ounce of gum-shellac in powder; continue the heat, often shaking the +mixture till the shellac is dissolved. Then evaporate it to the proper +consistence for use. <i>Note.</i>—Many experiments have been made, in +order to discover some aqueous size, that when dry, would resist +moisture: and some have recommended skimmed milk, and others vinegar as +a menstruum for the glue. But it does not appear from trial, that +either of these are but very little better for this purpose than water; +nor is it probable that any similar composition of size will resist +moisture much better than common glue, especially if it be mixed with +sulphate of lime, or some similar substance by way of support. +</p> + + +<a name="67"> </a> +<p class="item"> +67. <span class="sc">The art of moulding figures in relief.</span>—Mix together and +temper with a solution of gum-arabic in water, one part of clean, +sifted wood-ashes, and two parts of fine sulphate of lime. Knead this +composition on a board, till it has the consistence of putty. Press a +ball of this putty on any medal, coin or carved work in relief, (which +must be previously oiled) and let it dry; then take off the mould thus +formed, and oil the part that has received the impression of the +figure, with olive oil;—make a small orifice through the mould, from +the centre, or deepest part of the impression; also, pare off the +border of the mould, to within half an inch of the impressed figure. +Then lay a small piece of the putty on the board and press the mould +down hard upon it, that it may not only fill the mould, but that the +redundant part may be pressed out beyond the border of the mould: raise +the mould a little and blow through the orifice, to detach the new +moulded figure from the mould. Thus any number of figures may be +readily produced, suitable for ornamenting chimney pieces, or +mouldings, and which will be very hard when dry, and may be painted +with any coloured oil paints, which will also preserve them from +moisture. +</p> + + +<a name="68"> </a> +<p class="item"> +68. <span class="sc">To cast images in plaster.</span>—For this purpose a model of +the figure that is to be cast, must be provided, and suspended by a rod +or staff, one inch in diameter, and fixed in the top of the head. This +model may be made of wood, chalk, or any other substance that is +smooth, and sufficiently cohesive to support itself. This being +prepared, mix fine sulphate of lime with water, to the consistence of +soft putty, and having brushed some olive oil over the model, cover it +completely with the plaster, which must be applied, and spread over it +with the hands, to the depth of two inches or more. When the plaster is +nearly dry, divide it into several parts with a thin blade, so as to +take it off from the model without breaking any part. When the several +parts of the mould are dry, oil them inside and put them together as +before, and bind them with pieces of tape or twine; set the mould +upright, and fill it with a fresh mixture of sulphate of lime and +water, of as much consistence as may be poured in through the aperture +at the head. This plaster should be poured into the mould as quick as +possible after being mixed; otherwise it would become too stiff, and be +spoiled. The plaster in the mould will soon cohere, so that the mould +may be taken off, and the figures may be set up to dry; and the mould +being oiled and put together again, is ready for another cast. +</p> + + +<a name="69"> </a> +<p class="item"> +69. <span class="sc">To produce embossed letters, or figures on marble.</span>—Take +some of the coloured varnish described at 37, and with a hair pencil, +draw the letters, &c. on the marble, (which should be previously well +polished,) and also cover with the varnish, every part of the face of +the marble that is to remain plain. Lay the marble in a horizontal +position and make a border of oil putty round it, and pour on muriatic +acid to the depth of half an inch on the marble. When ebulition +ceases, the acid may be drained off, and the work examined; and if the +letters are not sufficiently prominent, a fresh quantity of the acid +may be added. When the work has been thus corroded to the depth +required, the varnish may be washed off with spirits of turpentine. The +acid that has been thus employed need not be lost, for a muriate of +lime being thus formed, may be crystallized by a slight evaporation, +and preserved for other purposes; or by the addition of a small +quantity of sulphuric acid a sulphate of lime is precipitated, and the +muriatic may be poured off and be used again for the same or a similar +purpose. +</p> + + +<a name="70"> </a> +<p class="item"> +70. <span class="sc">To soften stone.</span>—Marble or granite may be deprived in +some measure, of the property of cohesion by being heated red hot and +then quenched in oil. In this case, the carbonic acid which constitutes +the cohesive property of the stone, is expelled by the heat; and the +vacuum thus produced in its pores, are in some measure, filled by the +oil by the pressure of the atmosphere; by which means the stone +acquires a texture quite different from what it had previously. This +however, is not often applied to any valuable purpose. +</p> + + +<a name="71"> </a> +<p class="item"> +71. <span class="sc">To change wood apparently, to stone.</span>—Provide a block, or +plank of soft wood, of the dimensions required, and give it two or +three coats of linseed oil, allowing each to dry. Then having prepared +some pieces of marble or granite as directed in the last experiment, +pulverize them to a gross powder; brush over the wood with a heavy coat +of copal varnish (see 47) mixed with an equal quantity of venice +turpentine; let this rest about an hour, and then strew the stone +powder over every part of it, so as to cover the surface completely. If +marble is to be imitated, the powder of different colours, especially +the white and blue, may be prepared separately, and may be strewed on +the work in such shades as will appear the most natural. Granite may +also be crossed or striped occasionally with streaks of a coarser +grain, which will give it a very deceptive effect. When the varnish is +thus covered with stone, a heavy roller, or round log of wood, having a +blanket folded and wrapped round it, should be rolled over the work, +that the larger grains, (which of course will be the most exposed,) may +the more firmly adhere. In this manner, a very perfect imitation of +stone may be given, and the wood thus prepared will be exceedingly +durable, and will answer for many purposes, as well as real stone. +</p> + + +<a name="72"> </a> +<p class="item"> +72. <span class="sc">To render wood, cloth or paper fire-proof.</span>—Dissolve one +ounce of alum, half an ounce of sub-borate of soda and half an ounce of +cherry tree gum, in half a pint of vinegar. Dip any cloth or pieces of +paper, or wood, in this mixture and let them dry;—they cannot +afterwards be ignited so as to blaze, but may be considered safe with +regard to their taking fire by accident. <i>Note.</i>—Though this +composition is a very powerful preventive against fire, it is too +complex for common use, and has too much colour for white cloths or +papers; but a solution of one ounce of sub-borate of soda in a pint of +water is very transparent and harmless, and will answer in most cases +nearly as well. +</p> + + +<a name="73"> </a> +<p class="item"> +73. <span class="sc">To produce fire readily.</span>—<i>Process 1.</i> Mix together +gently but intimately, two or three grains of chlorate of potass, and +an equal quantity of loaf sugar, both previously reduced to fine +powder:—dip the end of a strip of glass, or a straw in sulphuric acid, +and with it gently touch the powder,—it will instantly burst into +flame. +</p> + + +<p> </p> +<p class="item"> +74. <i>Process 2.</i>—Upon one drachm of spirits of turpentine, in a +glass, pour an equal quantity of a mixture of three parts of nitric, +with one of sulphuric acid. Instantaneous inflammation, accompanied by +the production of a large quantity of black smoke, will be the result. +</p> + + +<p> </p> +<p class="item"> +75. <span class="sc">Process 3.</span>—Take a piece of phosphorus of the size of a +pin's head, and wrap it in a piece of dry brown paper: rub the paper +with a piece of wood, or any hard body, and it will instantly inflame. +<i>Note.</i>—In handling phosphorus, it is proper to have a piece of +paper or cloth intervene between the stick of phosphorus and the +fingers; and the phosphorus should be kept under water except when +wanted for use. +</p> + + +<a name="76"> </a> +<p class="item"> +76. <span class="sc">To make super-combustible matches.</span>—Prepare any number of +small strips or splinters of pine or other light wood, which may be +about two inches in length and one twelfth of an inch in diameter; dip +one end of each in melted sulphur to the depth of one fourth of an +inch. When they are cold, scrape off most of the sulphur, and dip the +ends of them slightly in a paste made of ten parts of chlorate of +potass, five parts of loaf sugar and one part of red lead, mixed and +ground together in alcohol. Afterwards they may be readily ignited or +kindled at any time by application of the smallest quantity of +sulphuric acid. For this purpose, the ends of them may be dipped or +rather barely touched to the acid in a phial, or, which is a better +way, a strip of glass, or even wood may be dipped in the acid and +applied to the match. +</p> + + +<a name="77"> </a> +<p class="item"> +77. <span class="sc">To make gun powder.</span>—Pulverize separately, five drachms of +nitrate of potass, one of sulphur, and one of newly burnt charcoal. Mix +them together with a little water, so as to make the compound into a +dough; form this dough into rolls of the size of a small wire, which +may be done by rolling small quantities between two boards. Lay a few +of these rolls together, and cut them into very small grains, and place +them on a sheet of paper, in a warm place, to dry. The dough may be +prevented sticking to the board while rolling it, by rubbing on the +board, a little of the dry compound powder. When the grains are +thoroughly dry, they are ready for use or experiment. On the same +principle, gun powder is manufactured on the large scale, but then the +several parts of the operation, are performed by machinery, otherwise +it would be a very expensive commodity. +</p> + + +<a name="78"> </a> +<p class="item"> +78. <span class="sc">To make the common fulminating powders.</span>—Grind and mix +intimately, three parts of nitrate of potass, with two of sub-carbonate +of potass, and one of sulphur. If half a drachm of this compound be +placed on a shovel, and held over a gentle fire, it will soon explode +with a loud report. It is not, however, attended with any danger. If +two grains of chlorate of potass in powder and one of sulphur be mixed +together, and wrapped in a piece of strong paper, and the paper be then +struck with a hammer, it will also explode with detonation. This +experiment may require some caution. <i>Note.</i>—The percussion +powder, such as is used for priming the patent percussion rifles, is +composed of chlorate of potass, and flour of sulphur, with a trifling +proportion of charcoal and loaf sugar, being made into a paste or dough +with alcohol,—then grained and dried. +</p> + + +<a name="79"> </a> +<p class="item"> +79. <span class="sc">To make the mercurial fulminating powder.</span>—Dissolve half +an ounce of mercury in three ounces of nitric acid, assisting the +solution by a gentle heat. When the solution is cold, pour it upon an +equal quantity of strong alcohol previously introduced into a flask, +and apply a moderate heat till effervescence is excited. (Do not forget +that the mercurial solution must be poured upon the alcohol, and not +the alcohol upon the solution.) A white fume will soon begin to +undulate on the surface of the liquor, and flow through the neck of the +flask, and a white powder will be gradually precipitated. As soon as +any precipitate ceases to fall, quickly pour the contents of the flask +on a filter; wash the powder with pure water, and cautiously dry it by +a heat not exceeding that of boiling water. The immediate washing the +powder is material, because it is liable to the re-action of the nitric +acid; and while any of that acid adheres to it, it is very subject to +be decomposed by the action of light. This powder, if very pure and +nicely made, explodes by percussion, or a moderate degree of heat. +<i>Experiment.</i>—Place one-fourth of a grain of this powder, between +the ends of two slips of paste-board, and paste, or bind them firmly +together;—hold the ends of the slips over the flame of a candle, and +as soon as it becomes warm, it will explode with a loud report. This +composition is less dangerous than the fulminating compounds of gold or +silver, as it never explodes spontaneously; but yet it cannot be +handled with too much caution. <i>Note.</i>—The silver powder, or +fulminating silver, with which torpedoes and waterloo crackers are +charged, is prepared in a similar manner; pure silver being dissolved +instead of mercury, but it is too dangerous to be trifled with. +</p> + + +<a name="80"> </a> +<p class="item"> +80. <span class="sc">To kindle a fire under water.</span>—Put into a deep wine-glass, +that is small at the bottom, three or four bits of phosphorus, about +the size of flax seeds, and two or three times the quantity of chlorate +of potass, in grains or crystals, and fill the glass nearly full of +water. Then place the end of a tobacco-pipe stem directly on, or over +the chlorate and phosphorus, and pour nearly a tea-spoon full of +sulphuric acid into the bowl of the pipe, that it may fall directly on +the phosphorus; a violent action will ensue, and the phosphorus will +burn vividly, with a very curious light under the water. +</p> + + +<a name="81"> </a> +<p class="item"> +81. <span class="sc">To light a candle by application of ice.</span>—Attach to the +wick of a candle, a small piece, or globule of potassium (the metallic +base of potass) of the size of a small shot. Apply an icicle or point +of ice to the metal, and it will instantly inflame. <i>Note.</i>—This +curious substance, which has the peculiar property of being ignited by +coming in contact with ice or water, has been lately discovered by Sir +Humphrey Davy. It is produced by making pure potass a part of the +circuit of a powerful Voltaic battery. It cannot be preserved but by +being kept immersed in naptha, a kind of oil of which oxygen is not a +constituent. +</p> + + +<a name="82"> </a> +<p class="item"> +82. <span class="sc">To form letters or flowers of real flame.</span>—Provide a tin +chest of about eighteen inches in length, equal in height and one inch +in breadth. Chalk any design, of letters or flowers on the face of this +chest, and pierce each line with rows of small holes, which should be +about half an inch distant from each other.—Make an aperture at the +top, through which pour about a pint of a mixture of rum and spirits of +turpentine. Place two or three lamps under the bottom of the chest +(which must be raised a little from the floor for that purpose) to warm +the spirits, but not so as to cause them to boil. Stop the aperture at +the top and after eight or ten minutes (which time should be allowed +for the vapour to expel the atmospheric air, which otherwise would +cause an explosion) apply the flame of a lamp to the pierced lines;—in +an instant, all the lines will be covered with flame, which will +continue till the spirits are exhausted. +</p> + + +<a name="83"> </a> +<p class="item"> +83. <span class="sc">To produce flame of various colours.</span>—This may be effected +by mixing certain substances with burning alcohol, or by applying them +with the point of a pen-knife, to the wick of a burning lamp or candle. +Thus a beautiful rose or carmine coloured flame may be produced by +muriate of strontia: this is prepared by dissolving carbonate of +strontia in muriatic acid, and evaporating it to dryness. The +preparation for an orange colour, is muriate of lime; (a solution of +marble in muriatic acid, evaporated to crystallization) which should be +exposed to a moderate heat till it is deprived of its water of +crystallization and falls to powder. A fine green tinge is produced by +acetate of copper, or boracic acid; which last is procured by adding +sulphuric acid to a solution of borate of soda (in hot water) till it +has a sensibly acid taste; as it cools, the boracic acid is deposited +in crystals on the sides of the vessel. Camphor gives to flame a blue +colour; and nitrate of strontia (prepared the same as the muriate) a +purple. A brilliant yellow may also be produced by muriate of soda. Any +of these preparations being reduced to powder, may be ignited with +three or four times their weight of alcohol, which should be previously +warmed; and if the vessel that contains it be kept heated also, the +combustion will be the more brilliant. +</p> + + +<a name="84"> </a> +<p class="item"> +84. <span class="sc">To make sky-rockets and fire wheels.</span>—Grind and mix +together, (dry) one pound of gun powder, two ounces of sulphur, two +ounces of nitrate of potass, and four ounces of newly burnt charcoal. +Then make several strong paper cases or cartridges, by wrapping some +strong paper (being moistened with paste,) fifteen or twenty times +round a mould made of wood, which may be one inch in diameter, and ten +inches in length. One end of this mould must be made smaller, being +only one fourth of an inch in diameter for the space of an inch of its +length. The paper must be drawn up close round this neck, and strongly +bound with twine, being thus brought to a shape similar to the neck of +a phial. This neck is called the choke of the cartridge. Take the paper +from the mould, and proceed in the same manner with another. When a +sufficient number of cartridges are thus made and dry, place one of +them in a socket which it will fill up closely, and then fill the +cartridge with the above described compound powder, which must be +thrown into the cartridge in small quantities, and each several +quantity must be rammed or beat down very hard, with a suitable sized +rammer and mallet. In filling the cartridge, small quantities of any of +the flame-colouring preparations, described in the preceding article, +may be added occasionally. When the cartridge is nearly full, some +small balls of cotton, dipped in spirits of turpentine, may be added, +to produce the appearance called stars.—These also, may have some +muriate of strontia, or boracic acid strewed on them. Then place a +circular piece of thick paste board on the materials in the cartridge, +having a small hole through it, communicating with the powder below; +lay upon this, half an ounce of fine gun powder, and fold the paper +down upon it from all sides, cementing the folds firmly with glue, thus +giving the end of the cartridge a conical form. Then bore a hole about +two thirds of the length of the cartridge from the choke with a gimblet +or bit. Fill this hole (which must be as large as the choke, but +tapering towards the other end) with fine gun powder, to the choke, and +fill the choke with the compound, the outside of which may be moistened +a little, the better to keep it in its place. Finish the others in the +same manner, and keep them in a warm dry place till used. They are then +to be lashed firmly to the end of a light pine rod, with the choke +towards the opposite end. The length of the rod, should be about nine +times that of the cartridge. The rocket then being elevated by the rod, +and being ignited at the choke, the compound inside burning intensely, +acts upon the air, and causes it to ascend. The cartridges for fire +wheels, are prepared in the same manner, but are generally smaller; and +instead of being lashed to a rod, they are lashed to the arms of a +wheel, in such manner, that a violent rotary motion is produced by +their combustion. +</p> + + +<a name="85"> </a> +<p class="item"> +85. <span class="sc">To produce detonating balloons.</span>—Moisten and compress a +bladder till no air remains in it, and tie the neck of it upon a +perforated cork; set the cork in a flask containing the materials for +producing hydrogen gas (see 9.) Thus convey into the bladder a quantity +of the gas, and then remove the cork to another flask, containing two +or three ounces of black oxide of manganese, moistened with sulphuric +acid, sufficient to form with it a soft paste; apply the heat of a +lamp, and oxygen gas will be evolved, and will also rise through the +neck of the flask; in this manner, convey into the bladder, nearly half +as much oxygen gas, as it previously contained of hydrogen. Then tie +the stem of a tobacco-pipe in the neck of the bladder, and dip the bowl +of the pipe in a solution of soap in water, (soap-suds) and compress +the bladder a little, so as to swell a bubble from the bowl of the +pipe;—shake off the bubble, which being lighter than atmospheric air +will naturally rise, or float horizontally in the air. If the flame of +a candle be brought in contact with one of these balloons, or floating +bubbles, it will explode with a violent detonation, resembling the +report of a pistol. If this compound gas be forced into the water, so +as to form several bubbles on the surface, and flame be then applied to +them, a volley of explosions will be the result. Caution is requisite +in these experiments, that the fire be not communicated to the bladder, +as such an explosion might not be safe. +</p> + + +<a name="86"> </a> +<p class="item"> +86. <span class="sc">To prepare a phial that will give light in the dark.</span>—Fill +a small phial about one third full of olive oil; add to this a piece of +phosphorus equal to one tenth of the weight of the oil. Cork the phial +and wrap it in paper to exclude the light, and set it, or suspend it in +a warm place, but where the heat may not be equal to that of boiling +water, till the phosphorus appears to be dissolved. This phial may be +carried in the pocket, and whenever the cork is started in the night, +the phial will evolve light enough to show the hour on a watch. +</p> + + +<a name="87"> </a> +<p class="item"> +87. <span class="sc">To make a person's face appear luminous in the +dark.</span>—Prepare some phosphorized oil, (as directed 27,) and rub it +over the face. This oil, though it appears luminous in the dark has not +power to burn any thing, so that it may be rubbed on the face or hands +without danger; and the appearance thereby produced, is most hideously +frightful. All the parts of the face that have been rubbed, appear to +be covered with a luminous bluish flame, and the mouth and eyes appear +as black spots.—The luminous appearance may also be repeatedly +heightened, by the friction of a handkerchief, being rubbed over the +luminous part. +</p> + + +<a name="88"> </a> +<p class="item"> +88. <span class="sc">To freeze water in warm weather.</span>—Draw a thread through a +small glass tube; close one end and then fill the tube with water. Mix +together equal parts of nitrate of ammonia and water, and immerse the +tube in this mixture. The water in the tube will be frozen immediately, +and may be drawn out by the thread. The same effect may be produced by +a mixture of one part muriate of ammonia, one part nitrate of potass, +and three parts of water. For these experiments, the above mentioned +salts should be fresh, dry and finely pulverized previous to mixing; +the mixture should be made in a tin vessel that is coated inside with +bees-wax, and has a flannel wrapper round the outside, and the tube +should be immersed quickly, as soon as the ingredients are mixed. To +produce a greater, or intense degree of cold, a small vessel of water +is first set in one of those freezing mixtures till it becomes very +cold, and then the due proportion of the salts are added to that, and +the tube, &c. immersed in it. The water in the tube may also be frozen, +by continually bathing the outside of it with sulphuric ether: the +evaporation of the ether, carries off the caloric of fluidity, and the +water congeals. +</p> + + +<a name="89"> </a> +<p class="item"> +89. <span class="sc">To change the colours of animals.</span>—Any black, or dark +coloured spots on some animals, especially horses, may be effectually +changed to white, by means of any substance that will chafe or blister +the skin; thus a white spot of any shape may be produced on a black +horse, by shaving off the hair from the part that is to be thus marked, +and applying a plaster of spanish flies, or of quick lime moistened +with vinegar; this plaster must be cut to the size and form required +for the mark, and must be kept bound on, till the skin is blistered, or +nearly so. The next coat of hair will infallibly be white. White spots +can be changed to black or brown, only by means of oils or grease. +Bacon fat has been recommended for this purpose, but if the oil or fat +of a bear can be procured, it will prove more efficacious, as this fat +is well known to have a remarkable tendency to darken the colour of +animals and even complexions. But either of these, and in fact, many +other kinds, will answer this purpose if properly applied, and +frequently repeated. +</p> + + +<a name="90"> </a> +<p class="item"> +90. <span class="sc">To give leather a beautiful metallic lustre.</span>—Levigate one +ounce of soft lead-coloured plumbago, and an equal quantity (in bulk) +of lamp-black, in a gill of alcohol; then add half an ounce of loaf +sugar, moistened with water and grind all together. The leather must +first be brushed over smoothly with this composition, and when dry, it +must be brushed hard and quickly with a dry smooth brush; or may be +rubbed with a piece of woollen cloth. This blacking will be found +useful for some ornamental purposes, but may be rather too brilliant +for boots and shoes. This composition, however, may be mixed +occasionally with other kinds of blacking, and will tend to increase +their brightness. +</p> + + +<a name="91"> </a> +<p class="item"> +91. <span class="sc">An easy method of extracting the essence of roses.</span>—Take +the leaves of roses, and pound or bruise them: then stratify them with +an equal weight of muriate of soda, in a glazed earthern vessel:—when +thus filled to the top, cover it well, and set it in the cellar, and +let it remain at rest a month or more. Afterwards, strain off the +essence therefrom, through a strong cloth by pressure. The essence thus +procured, is quite equal if not superior for culinary purposes, to that +which is procured by distillation. +</p> + + +<a name="92"> </a> +<p class="item"> +92. <span class="sc">To prepare various kinds of essences.</span>—The manner of +extracting the essential oils, being attended with considerable expense +of preparations, of stills, &c. a particular description of the +process, would not, it is presumed, be sufficiently interesting to +warrant its insertion. But the manner of reducing the oils to the state +in which they are more generally sold, and is distinguished by the term +"essences" is as follows. To half a pint of alcohol, add one ounce of +any of the essential oils, (lemon, cinnamon, foxberry, peppermint, &c.) +and shake them together; set the mixture in a warm place for a few +minutes, and if then any opaque or milky appearance remains, a little +more alcohol must be added. When this has become clear, it may be +diluted occasionally with new rum. The essences of foxberry and +cinnamon are coloured with a few drops of tincture of red saunders; and +the essence of lemon, with tincture of turmeric. +</p> + + +<a name="93"> </a> +<p class="item"> +93. <span class="sc">To prepare soda water.</span>—Only two articles are requisite +for this preparation; one of which is super-carbonate of soda, or of +potass (sal eratus,) and the other is citric or tartaric acid. The +super-carbonates are formed by passing a stream of carbonic acid gas +(which is produced by adding muriatic acid to pulverized marble) +through a solution of soda or potass in water;—then evaporating till +it crystallizes. Citric acid is prepared from the juice of lemons; and +tartaric acid (which is more generally employed) is procured from +super-tartrate of potass. But these being common articles of commerce, +a more minute description of the process of preparing them, may not, in +this place, be expedient. The compound called soda powders, consists of +about ten grains of either of the super-carbonates, with an equal +quantity of either of the acids, in each paper; this compound being +dissolved in a glass of water, produces violent effervescence, and if +drank off at the time, gives the water a smart and agreeable acid +taste. The salt and acid, if mixed in powder, must be kept perfectly +dry; otherwise, they would act on each other, and soon be spoiled. On +this account, they are frequently prepared in separate papers, and sold +by sets. Soda water is similarly prepared on the larger scale; the +salts and acid being put into a cask of water, which is so confined, +that the carbonic acid can have no other vent than by forcing out the +water through a pipe fixed for the purpose with a tube, &c. +</p> + + +<a name="94"> </a> +<p class="item"> +94. <span class="sc">To produce metallic trees.</span> <i>Process 1.</i>—Mix one part +of a saturated solution of nitrate of silver, with twenty parts of pure +water, and pour the mixture upon two parts of mercury in a phial. After +some time (the mercury being left standing quietly,) the branches and +the figure of a tree, formed of brilliant silver, will appear to grow +from the mercury in a very beautiful manner. The silver in solution +being thus robbed of its oxygen by the metallic mercury, and +consequently precipitated. +</p> + +<p> </p> +<p class="item"> +95. <i>Process 2.</i>—Dissolve two drachms of acetate of lead, in six +ounces of water; filter the solution, and pour it into a clean wide +phial. Then suspend a granule of zinc, by a thread or wire fastened to +the cork of the phial, in the middle of the solution, and place the +phial where it will not be disturbed. After a few hours the lead, being +de-oxydized by the zinc, will be precipitated on the zinc, in the shape +of leaves, which will have a very brilliant appearance. +</p> + + +<a name="96"> </a> +<p class="item"> +96. <span class="sc">To tin copper by boiling.</span>—Boil half a pound of granulated +tin, and six ounces of super tartrate of potass in three pints of +water; when they have boiled half an hour, put in any piece of copper +ware, and continue the boiling fifteen minutes longer. The copper may +then be taken out, and will have been handsomely coated with tin. +</p> + + +<a name="97"> </a> +<p class="item"> +97. <span class="sc">A metal that will melt in hot water.</span>—Melt together eight +parts of bismuth, five of lead and three of tin. This alloy, though +hard and brilliant, when cold, is so easily fusible that it may be +melted on a paper, being held over the flame of a candle. Tea spoons +may be made of this compound metal, which may be melted by putting them +in a cup of hot tea. +</p> + + +<a name="98"> </a> +<p class="item"> +98. <span class="sc">Illustration of calico printing.</span>—It frequently occurs, +that substances of different colours, or even without colour, by coming +in contact, produce colours very different from that of either of the +ingredients when separate; thus, if a sheet of paper be striped in one +direction with a hair pencil dipped in a solution of sub-carbonate of +potass; and then crossed with a solution of sulphuric acid, diluted +with five times as much water, it will be colourless; but dip it in a +mixture of a weak solution of sulphate of iron, and infusion of nut +galls, and it will instantly become a beautiful plaid; the ground being +purple, striped one way with black and crossed with white. If a similar +paper be striped with sub-carbonate of potass, and crossed with +infusion of galls, and afterward dipped in a solution of sulphate of +iron, it will become purple, yellow, black and white. Dip a piece of +white calico in a cold solution of sulphate of iron and let it dry. +Then imprint any figures upon it with a strong solution of colourless +citric acid, and let this dry also. If the piece be then well washed in +warm water, and afterwards boiled in a decoction of log-wood, the +ground will be dyed either a slate or a black colour, according to the +strength of the metallic solution, while the printed figures will +remain beautifully white. Stain some parts of a sheet of paper a purple +brown, with a mixture of infusion of galls and sulphate of iron; stain +other parts green with a mixture of tinctures of turmeric and litmus; +stain other parts purple with juice of red cabbage; other parts red +with tincture of litmus and muriatic acid; other parts yellow with +tincture of turmeric; wash the remainder of the sheet with a solution +of sulphate of iron, which will remain white. Then print, or draw with +a camel-hair pencil, any figure or figures on every part of the paper, +with a solution of sub-carbonate of potass. On the purple brown, the +figure will be black; on the green it will be purple; on the purple it +will be green; on the red it will be blue; on the yellow, red; and on +the white, it will take a yellow colour. Thus the figure will appear in +colors different from the ground in every part. Immerse a piece of +white cotton in a solution of sulphate of iron—it will remain white; +dip another piece in tincture of turmeric, it will take a yellow; wet +another piece with juice of red cabbage, containing also, a few drops +of muriatic acid,—it will be red; dye another piece green, by +immersing it in a mixture of tincture of turmeric and litmus; and +another, purple by a mixture of infusion of galls and sulphate of iron. +Let them dry; then immerse them all together in a solution of +sub-carbonate of potass. The white will be changed to a yellow; the +yellow to a red; the red to green; the green to purple; and the purple +to black; and it is not improbable that some black might be materially +changed or bleached by the same simple solution. +</p> + + +<a name="99"> </a> +<p class="item"> +99. <span class="sc">To prepare an imitation of gold bronze.</span>—Melt two ounces +of tin, and mix with it one ounce of mercury; when this is cold +pulverize it and add one ounce of muriate of ammonia, and one ounce of +sulphur, and grind them all together. Put the compound in a flask and +heat it in a clear fire (carefully avoiding the fumes) till the mercury +sublimes, and rises in vapour. When the vapour ceases to rise, take the +glass from the fire. A flaky gold colored powder will remain in the +flask, which may be applied to ornamental work in the manner of gold +bronze, of which it is a tolerable imitation. +</p> + + +<a name="100"> </a> +<p class="item"> +100. <span class="sc">To procure the exhilarating gas.</span>—Put a quantity of +nitrate of ammonia into a flask, and apply the heat of a lamp, which +must be gentle, and well regulated. The salt will in a short time +liquify, and must then be kept quietly simmering, avoiding violent +ebullition. The gas will be evolved, and rise through the neck of the +flask, and may be collected in a bladder containing a small quantity of +water, and should be allowed to stand a few hours, and shifted into +another bladder, or silk varnished bag before it is used. Though this +gas is not fitted to support life, yet it may be respired for a short +time, and the effects produced by it upon the animal frame, are its +most extraordinary properties. The effects of this gas, are in general, +highly pleasurable, and resemble those attendant on the agreeable +period of intoxication. Exquisite sensations of pleasure; an +irresistible propensity to laughter; a rapid flow of vivid ideas; a +strong incitement to muscular motion, are the ordinary feelings +produced by it. And what is exceedingly remarkable, is, that the +intoxication thus produced, instead of being succeeded by the debility +subsequent to intoxication by ardent spirits, does, on the contrary, +generally render the person who takes it, cheerful and high spirited +for the remainder of the day. +</p> + + +<a name="101"> </a> +<p class="item"> +101. <span class="sc">Construction of a galvanic pile or battery.</span>—Procure +fifty or more thin plates of copper, and the same number of plates of +zinc, all of which may be about the size of a dollar, but not so thick. +The copper and zinc plates, may be either cast in moulds, or may be cut +out of rolled plates of the metals. In addition to the plates of copper +and zinc, it is necessary to be provided with an equal number of pieces +of woollen cloth, rather smaller than the metallick plates in size. Let +these be soaked in a solution of muriate of soda, till they have +thoroughly imbibed it; then take them out of the solution, and squeeze +them gently, to force out the superabundant water. Then, having +provided a circular piece of wood, rather larger than the plates, cover +it with tin foil, and on this lay a plate of zinc, upon that a plate of +copper, and then a piece of moistened cloth; next a plate of zinc, &c. +Continue this arrangement of zinc, copper and cloth, till all the +pieces that have been provided are laid on. As the pile began with +zinc, it must be concluded with copper. This pile may be braced +occasionally with strips of glass to prevent its being overthrown, Fix +the end of a piece of metallic wire, in contact with the base, and lay +the end of another piece upon the top of the pile; if thus, the +opposite ends of the wire be brought in contact with each other, or if +they are connected by any conducting body, so as to form a circuit of +conductors, the pile will afford a constant and powerful current of the +galvanic fluid through them for many hours. If the hands be moistened, +and one of them applied to each of the wires, a shock will be received. +Gold and other metals have been melted, and even burnt; and potass, +soda and lime have been reduced to their respective metallic states, by +being made to form part of a galvanic circuit. When the pile is not in +use, it should be taken down, which will preserve it from wear, and the +plates will require to be cleansed occasionally, which may be easily +done by diluted muriatic acid. +</p> + + +<a name="102"> </a> +<p class="item"> +102. <span class="sc">Construction of the oxy-hydrogen blow-pipe.</span>—This useful +instrument consists of a cubical vessel, made of tin plate, being from +ten to twenty inches in length, breadth and height. The inside is +divided into four equal apartments, by two partitions, crossing each +other in the centre. The two front apartments are covered at the top, +and each of them have a tube fixed in the front side, near the top, +with a stopcock. The other apartments are open at the top, and +communicate with those in front, by a small aperture near the bottom of +each. These apartments being all filled with water, those in front are +filled, the one with oxygen, and the other with hydrogen gas, which is +done by forcing the gases into them through the tubes in front, which +causes the water to recede through the aperture at the bottom, and +consequently, part of the water is forced over the top of the other +apartments; or rather, may run off through small tubes, fixed for the +purpose, near the top, similar to those in front. When the front +apartments are filled with the gases, (which may be known by the +bubbling in the others) the tubes are stopped, and two leaden pipes are +fixed in them, the opposite ends of which, are so placed, that the two +streams of gas, when expelled from the gas holders, may come in contact +very near the ends of the pipes. When the tubes are open, the pressure +of the water will expel the gases, and will consequently settle, and +must be replenished, so as to keep the apartments nearly full. When the +two streams of gas are ignited at the point of contact, a flame is +produced of sufficient intensity to burn gold, silver, copper or tin, +with a very brilliant combustion. +</p> + + +<a name="103"> </a> +<p class="item"> +103. <span class="sc">To make a dry phosphorescent powder.</span>—Take some thick +oyster shells, wash them, and calcine by keeping them red hot in an +open fire for half an hour: then, select the clearest and whitest +parts, and reduce them to powder. Mix three parts of this powder, with +one of the flour of sulphur; fill a crucible with this compound, +pressing or beating it down as hard and solid as may be, without +breaking the crucible. Set the crucible in the fire, and heat it +moderately at first, but increase the heat gradually for an hour, in +which time it must approach nearly to a white heat. Then let it cool, +and again select from the mass, the whitest and purest parts, which +must be preserved in a phial with a glass stopper. This powder has the +peculiar property of imbibing the rays of the sun in the day time, and +emitting them again in the night; or if the phial containing it, be +exposed for a few minutes to the direct rays of the sun and then +carried into a dark room, light enough will be evolved to render it +distinctly visible. +</p> + + +<a name="104"> </a> +<p class="item"> +104. <span class="sc">Curious experiment of precipitation.</span>—Set five glasses on +the table, and nearly fill one of them with a solution of sulphate of +iron; and another with a solution of sulphate of copper; a third with a +solution of nitrate of bismuth; pour into the fourth, a solution of +nitro-muriate of cobalt, and into the fifth a solution of acetate of +lead, or sulphate of zinc. These liquid solutions may all be diluted so +as to be colourless. Then pour into each glass, a few drops of a +colourless solution of prussiate of potass. The contents of the first +glass will be instantly changed to a full blue colour; those of the +second to a reddish brown; those of the third, to a yellow; the fourth +to a green, and the fifth to a white. Thus five distinct colours will +be given, by the addition of one colourless solution. +</p> + + +<a name="105"> </a> +<p class="item"> +105. <span class="sc">To make a beautiful soft glass for jewelry.</span>—Take six +ounces of clean fine white sand, three ounces of red lead, three ounces +of pure sub-carbonate of potass, one ounce of nitrate of potass, half +an ounce of borate of soda, and two drachms of arsenic; mix and pound +them all together. Put the compound in a crucible, and set it in a +common fire, often stirring it with an iron rod, till it is well +melted, and becomes transparent. This compound will liquify very easily +without any great heat, if the sand is fine, (which sometimes requires +to be ground or pounded in a glass or flint mortar,) and if it be kept +melted awhile, will become beautifully transparent, and may be cast or +blown in the manner of other glass. This glass may be changed to a red +or ruby colour, by adding and fusing together with it, a small quantity +of finely powdered precipitate of gold, (gold precipitated from +solution in nitro-muriatic acid by the addition of tin.) It may be also +changed to blue by the addition of zaffre, (an ore of cobalt,) and +magnesia: a green colour may be given by a precipitate of copper; and +yellow by calcined iron, and white by calcined bones. This subject is +treated of largely in the <i>Handmaid of the Arts</i>, to which, for +further information on the subject, the reader is referred. +</p> + + +<a name="106"> </a> +<p class="item"> +106. <span class="sc">Composition of various kinds of glass.</span>—The best flint +glass is composed of 129 lbs. of white sand, 50 lbs. of red lead, 40 +lbs. of sub-carbonate of potass, 20 lbs. of nitrate of potass, and 5 +oz. of magnesia. The best crown glass is composed of 60 lbs. of white +sand, 30 lbs. of sub-carbonate of potass, 15 lbs. of nitrate of potass, +1 lb. of borate of soda and ½ lb. of arsenic. The composition of +common green window glass, is 120 lbs. of white sand, 30 lbs. of +sub-carbonate of potass, 60 lbs. of wood ashes, 20 lbs. of muriate of +soda and 5 lbs. of arsenic. The composition for looking glass plates, +is 60 lbs. of clean white sand, 25 lbs. of purified sub-carbonate of +potass, 15 lbs. of nitrate of potass, and 7 lbs. of borate of soda. +Common green bottle glass is made from 200 lbs. of wood ashes, and 100 +lbs. of sand. The materials for making glass, is first reduced to +powder; then mixed and exposed to a strong heat, in suitable pots and +furnaces, till the whole mass liquifies and becomes thoroughly commixed +and transparent. +</p> + + +<a name="107"> </a> +<p class="item"> +107. <span class="sc">Composition of various alloys.</span>—Brass is composed of two +parts of copper to one of zinc; or copper and calamine, (an ore of +zinc,) equal quantities. Pinchbeck consists of from five to ten parts +copper, and one of zinc. Bell metal is composed of three parts copper +and one of tin. Gun metal, nine parts copper and one of tin. Tombac, +sixteen parts copper, one part zinc and one of tin. The composition of +pewter is seven pounds of tin, one of lead, four ounces of copper and +two of zinc. That of type-metal is nine parts lead, two parts antimony +and one of bismuth. Solder, two parts of lead with one of tin. Queen's +metal, nine parts of tin, one of bismuth, one of antimony and one of +lead. Jewel gold is composed of twenty-five parts gold, four parts +silver, and seven parts fine copper. In forming metallic compounds or +alloys, it is proper to melt such of the ingredients as are the least +fusible first, and afterwards add the others, stirring them briskly +till they are thoroughly commixed. +</p> + + +<a name="108"> </a> +<p class="item"> +108. <span class="sc">To produce various kinds of gas.</span>—To three or four ounces +of pulverized chalk or marble, moistened in a flask, with an equal +quantity of water, add one ounce of sulphuric acid;—carbonic acid gas +will be evolved in abundance, and will rise through the neck of the +flask, and may be conducted by pipes, to any proper receiver. Instead +of the marble or chalk, substitute granulated zinc;—in this case +hydrogen gas will be evolved; but this may require a larger proportion +of water. Pour sulphuric acid upon a similar quantity of dry muriate of +soda;—muriatic acid gas will be rapidly evolved. Proceed in the same +manner with a similar quantity of black oxide of manganese,—apply the +heat of a lamp, and oxygen gas will be produced. Put into the flask, +two or three ounces of lean beef, cut into small pieces; pour over them +one ounce of nitric acid diluted with three ounces of water; apply the +heat of a lamp, and nitrogen gas will be liberated. Powder separately, +equal quantities of muriate of ammonia and newly burnt lime; put them +together into a flask and apply gentle heat; ammoniacal gas will be +evolved. Pour an ounce of nitric acid, diluted with five times its +weight of water, upon one ounce of shreds or turnings of copper; +nitrous gas will be rapidly evolved. Grind three parts of muriate of +soda with two parts of black oxide of manganese; introduce this mixture +into the flask, and add two parts of sulphuric acid, diluted with an +equal quantity of water; apply a gentle heat and chlorine gas will be +evolved. <i>Note.</i>—When either of the last mentioned gases are +produced, great caution is requisite that they do not escape into the +room, in any considerable quantity, as their action on the lungs is +exceedingly injurious. +</p> + + +<a name="109"> </a> +<p class="item"> +109. <span class="sc">Various chemical tests.</span>—When water is suspected to hold +any foreign substance in solution, various means may be used to detect +and ascertain the quality of the substances combined; thus, acids may +be detected by immersing in the water, a slip of litmus colored paper, +which, if acid be present, will be changed to red. In the same manner, +alkalies may be detected by a strip of turmeric yellow paper, which +will be also changed to red by alkalies. These tests are sensible to +the presence of an acid or alkali in the proportion of one to ten +thousand. Iron may be detected by a drop of infusion of galls, which +will give to the water (if iron be present) a brown tinge. A drop of +sulphuric acid, precipitates barites in the form of a white powder. +Clear transparent lime-water (water in which lime has been slaked and +then suffered to settle) will indicate the presence of carbonic acid by +a milky whiteness. On the same principle, a solution of super-carbonate +of potass will detect lime. A few drops of nitrate of silver will +instantly discover muriatic acid, by a white flaky precipitate. +Muriatic acid, consequently, is a good test for silver. Acetate of +lead, in solution, is a test for sulphureted hydrogen, which occasions +a precipitate of a black colour. Nitrate of mercury is an excellent +test for ammonia, one part of which, with 30,000 parts of water is +indicated by a blackish yellow tinge on adding the test. Liquid ammonia +is a very sensible test for copper, with which it strikes a fine blue +colour. Nitro-muriate of gold will discover the presence of tin, by a +beautiful purple precipitate. Nitro-muriate of tin is, on the same +principle, an excellent test for gold. +</p> + + +<a name="110"> </a> +<p class="item"> +110. <span class="sc">To produce a picture instantly, in a variety of +colours.</span>—Paint any picture on paper in the usual way, only +instead of colours, use the following substitutes: for green, use a +solution of nitro-muriate of cobalt, for blue, a solution of sulphate +of iron—for yellow, a solution of nitrate of bismuth—and for a brown, +a solution of sulphate of copper. Any of these solutions may be more or +less diluted, as the respective parts of the picture are to be light or +dark, but none of them must be strong enough to colour the paper. This +pictture is invisible: but when it is required to appear, the paper may +be tacked up on the wall, and having a glass of the transparent +solution of prussiate of potass (which by sight cannot be distinguished +from clear water) dashed suddenly upon it, the picture will instantly +appear in its full colours. A similar effect may be produced, by +drawing the picture with infusion of galls, and sub-carbonate of +potass; this is revived by a solution of sulphate of iron, and appears +in a yellow and a brown colour. +</p> + + +<a name="111"> </a> +<p class="item"> +111. <span class="sc">A cheap imitation of silver bronze.</span>—Put into a crucible, +an ounce of pure tin, and set it on a fire to melt; when it begins to +melt, add to it an equal quantity of bismuth, and stir the mixture with +an iron rod till the whole is entirely melted and incorporated. Take +the crucible then from the fire, and after the melted composition has +become a little cooler, but while it is yet in a fluid state, pour into +it gradually, an ounce of mercury, stirring it at the same time, that +the mercury may be thoroughly conjoined with the other ingredients. +When the whole is thus commixed, pour the mass out of the crucible on a +stone, where, as it cools, it will take the form of an amalgam, or +metallic paste; which will be easily bruised into a flaky powder, and +may then be applied to sized figures in the manner of gold or silver +bronze, or may be tempered with gum-water, and applied to the work with +a brush or camel-hair pencil; and if properly secured with varnish or +laquers will be even more durable than either silver leaf or silver +bronze. +</p> + + +<a name="112"> </a> +<p class="item"> +112. <span class="sc">To make crayons of various colours.</span>—Crayons or pastils +consist of various coloured pigments or paints, formed into sticks or +rolls for the purpose of drawing and shading with them in the manner of +lead pencils. But that they may be of uniform texture or hardness, +different ingredients and materials require some variation in the +management. To make white crayons, nothing more is requisite than to +mix superfine or refined whiting with alcohol, to the consistence of +soft putty; form it into rolls of a convenient length and size and let +them dry: or the whiting may be mixed with water and a sufficient +quantity of burnt or calcined sulphate of lime to give the crayons a +sufficient degree of hardness when dry. A great variety of elegant +light colours may be formed by adding to the whiting prepared as above, +small quantities of any of the coloured pigments. The most proper +colors for crayons are lamp-black, prussian blue, burnt umber, burnt +terra-de-sienna, red ochre, vermilion, lake, rose-pink, chrome yellow, +yellow ochre and mineral green. Many other handsome greens are formed +by mixing chrome yellow with prussian blue, varying the proportions; +and purples are produced by mixing rose pink or lake with blue. +Prussian blue and lake being each naturally of a binding nature, +require only to be ground in water; but red ochre and vermilion should +be ground in alcohol, or may have some quantity of the sulphate of lime +mixed with them. Any of these colours may be mixed in any proportion +with whiting or with each other, each compound having a sufficient +proportion of the sulphate of lime, to give it a proper degree of +hardness and strength when dry. The proper length for crayons is from +two to three inches, and the size about the same as that of a +tobacco-pipe stem. It is customary in making crayons, to have at hand a +large piece of chalk with a plane surface, on which to lay the crayons +as soon as they are rolled; the chalk absorbs a part of the moisture, +which makes them dry the sooner and without cracking. +</p> + + +<a name="113"> </a> +<p class="item"> +113. <span class="sc">To make hard sealing wax, of various colours.</span>—Take of +gum-shellac and rosin each two ounces; and of gum-mastic one ounce; +reduce them to powder and mix and melt them together over a gentle +fire. Then if a red colour is required, add to the mixture one ounce of +fine vermilion; for a black colour, add half an ounce of a mixture of +lamp black with rum; for a blue, half an ounce of white lead with one +fourth of an ounce of prussian blue; which should be previously ground +together dry. To give a green colour, add finely ground verdegris; a +yellow is produced by chrome yellow or gamboge; and white, by adding +pure white lead to the mixture. When the desired colour is formed by +the mixture and incorporation of any of the above mentioned colouring +ingredients, take out a part of the mixture, sufficient to form a stick +or roll of the usual size, and roll it between two smooth metallic +plates, which should also be previously warmed to prevent the wax from +becoming too hard. When the stick is reduced to a proper size, flatten +it a little and let it cool. Proceed in the same manner with the rest +of the composition; afterward hold each stick severally over a fire of +charcoal, turning it quickly till the surface of the wax is completely +melted, by which means the sticks will have acquired a very smooth and +shining polish at the surface, which they will retain when cold again. +If a softer wax is required, a small quantity of bees-wax and of +linseed oil may be added to the above composition, or may be +substituted in the place of the gum-mastic. +</p> + + +<a name="114"> </a> +<p class="item"> +114. <span class="sc">The art of manufacturing paper hangings.</span>—This business, +which has been usually, though improperly termed paper staining, +consists principally in stamping or painting various figures in water +colours on paper. The paper for this purpose is formed into long strips +or rolls, by pasting the edges of several sheets together. The edges of +the sheets should not lap on each other more than half an inch, and the +usual length of a roll is about nine yards. These rolls are first +painted plain with a large brush; the paint is composed of refined +whiting with some colouring ingredient, being ground in water and +tempered with a sufficient quantity of glue to prevent it from rubbing +off; when a new design or figure is to be introduced, several colours +are prepared, i.e. as many as are required in such design, and with +these the design is painted on a sheet of paper. The paper is then laid +on a smooth birch or maple board, and such parts of the paper as +contain the colour that was last applied in the drawing (which is +usually the white) are completely cut out, with a sharp pen-knife, and +the parts thus cut out, are pasted down upon the board, immediately, in +the places and positions they occupied in the design. The sheet is then +removed to another board, and another colour is cut out in the same +manner; thus the several colours are distributed in their proper +arrangements on as many different boards. Each board is then cut away +with chisels and gouges, to the depth of a fourth, or an eighth of an +inch, in every part except where the pieces of paper are fixed. These +boards or prints are supported by other thin pieces, which are fixed +firmly on the backs of them by screws, in such manner that the grain of +one, crosses that of the other, and thus prevents their warping. They +have also cleats or pins attached to them which serve as handles. A +trough is provided, a little larger than the prints, of one inch in +depth, and having a smooth bottom, on which is laid three or four +pieces of fine flannel or cassimere, each of which is at least as large +as the prints. Then some of the colour with which the first part of the +design was painted, is spread upon the cloth with a brush; and upon +this, the print containing the corresponding parts of the figure, is +pressed, (the pieces of paper having been previously scraped off;) the +print being thus charged with the colour, is placed upon one end of a +roll of the prepared paper, which is laid on a table for that purpose, +and is pressed down hard by a lever or screw. It is then returned to +the trough, and again charged with the colour, and again impressed on +the paper at a proper distance above the other impression. In this +manner several rolls are printed with one colour. Then the next colour +in the design is applied to the paper in the same manner by another +print;—a third colour by a third print and so on till the paper is +completely printed with every colour in the design, each in its proper +place. These prints should be washed and kept dry for future use. A +variety of figures may be produced with the same print, by varying the +colours. +</p> + + +<a name="115"> </a> +<p class="item"> +115. <span class="sc">To make elastic blacking for leather.</span>—Dilute one ounce +of gum-asphaltum with a pint of spirits of turpentine, in the manner +described at 51;—put this into a flask, and add one ounce of +gum-elastic cut into very small pieces, and half an ounce of +gum-shellac previously reduced to powder. Suspend the flask unstopped +over a fire of charcoal, or set it in a sand bath where it may boil +gently till the quantity is reduced to a gill; then strain it through a +flannel, and when nearly cold, bottle and cork it. The leather should +be thoroughly blackened with some liquid blacking and waxed over +slightly with bees-wax before the elastic blacking is applied. If the +blacking should be too thick, it may again be diluted with spirits of +turpentine. It should be warmed when applied, and the work may require +several coats, and a considerable time for each to dry. Any of the +above mentioned gums may also be dissolved in sulphuric ether, and thus +produce a fine drying varnish, but the preparation is much more +difficult as the volatile nature of the ether will not admit of much +heat, whereby to facilitate the solution. +</p> + + +<a name="116"> </a> +<p class="item"> +116. <span class="sc">Sundry Experiments.</span>—Rub together a little dry powdered +alum, and acetate of lead; both will become fluid. To a saturated +solution of muriate of lime, add a saturated solution of sub-carbonate +of potass, (both transparent liquids,) the mixture will be nearly +solid. Rub together a little pure white calomel (sublimed mercury) and +pure white ammonia (being moistened;) both will become intensely black. +Fill a flask nearly half full of water, and apply heat till it boils; +take it from the fire and (when it has done boiling) cork it; pour cold +water upon the flask, and the water inside will re-commence boiling. +Fill a glass with water, and lay a piece of paper upon the top of it; +place your hand upon the paper, and invert the glass; the hand may be +removed and the glass may be suspended in that position by a thread, +and the water will not be spilled. Expose a piece of ice to the action +of (cold) muriatic gas; the ice will be instantly melted. Drop a piece +of phosphuret of lime, into a glass of water; bubbles will soon rise, +and on reaching the surface of the water will spontaneously explode. +Apply the end of a roll of brimstone to a hot bar of iron; a part of +the iron will be instantly melted, and will fall. Write with diluted +sulphuric acid, on paper that has been coloured brown by a mixture of +sulphate of iron, and infusion of galls; the writing will be white. +Moisten the under lip, and lay upon it a piece of silver money, (not +less than a twenty cent piece) with the edge of it beneath the tongue; +lay a piece of zinc, of nearly an equal size, upon the tongue, and +bring the edges of the pieces of metal into contact; you will instantly +drop the money. +</p> + +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/005.jpg" alt="A large building" +width="500" height="355"></div> + +<br> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/006.jpg" alt="Appendix" width="128" height="75"></div> + + +<p class="hang"> +A catalogue of the various articles mentioned in the preceding pages, +with the prices, explanations, &c. +</p> + +<p> +<img src="images/hand.jpg" alt="Hand with a pointing finger" width="36" height="20"> The articles which have this mark * prefixed may be procured at +135, Washington-street, Boston. +</p> + +<table summary="Appendix" cellspacing="6" cellpadding="4"> + +<tr> +<td class="c"> </td> +<td> </td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +<td class="pg"><i>Cts.</i></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c"> </td> +<td><span class="sc">Acetate of cobalt</span>, produced by digesting +the oxide of cobalt in strong vinegar,</td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Acetate of lead</span>, (sugar of lead) +procured by dissolving white lead +in vinegar, and evaporating,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Acetic acid</span>, vinegar concentrated +by distillation,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>pt.</i></td> +<td class="pg">25</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Alcohol</span>, rectified spirit of wine,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>pt.</i></td> +<td class="pg">25</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Alum</span>, sulphate of alumine and potass,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Ammonia</span>, (hartshorn) a volatile alkali,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Antimony</span>, a dark porous metal,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Bees wax</span>, a yellowish resinous substance +procured from honey, or honey combs,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Bismuth</span>, (tin glass) a reddish white metal,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Boracic acid</span>, procured by adding +sulphuric acid to a hot solution of +borax; the acid crystallizes,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">100</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Brazil-wood</span>, (red-wood,)</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Borate of soda, or sub-borate of +soda</span>, (borax) is brought from the +East-Indies in an impure state called tincal,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c"> </td> +<td><span class="sc">Burnish gold-size</span>, and <span class="sc">burnishers</span>, may +be had of Bittle and Cooper, Pemberton's-hill, +Boston, prices various,</td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Camphor</span>, obtained from a species of +laurel tree,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Carbonate of copper</span>, (French +green) produced by adding a solution +of super-carbonate of soda, to +a hot solution of sulphate of copper,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">50</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Carbonate of lead</span>, (white lead) +is formed by exposing thin sheets +of lead to the vapour of vinegar, +after which they abstract the carbonic +acid from the atmosphere,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">16</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Carbonate of strontia</span>, a native mineral,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">50</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c"> </td> +<td><span class="sc">Carbonate of lime</span>, (marble, chalk) a +native earth,</td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Chlorate of potass</span>, procured by +passing a current of chlorine gas +through a solution of pearl-ash,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">100</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Chrome yellow</span>, a pigment, is formed +by the combination of a metallic +substance with the chromic acid,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Cobalt</span>, (Zaffre) a metal of a reddish +grey colour; when exposed to +a gentle heat, it becomes oxidized +and takes the form of a black powder,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">50</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Citric acid</span>, procured from lemons, limes, &c.,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">75</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Calomel</span>, white sublimate of mercury,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">20</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Dragon's blood</span>, a red mucilage extracted +from a plant,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">10</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Fluate of lime</span>, (fluor spar) is found +in abundance in Derbyshire, England, +its acid constituent has the peculiar +property of dissolving glass,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">50</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Frankfort black</span>, which takes its +name from Frankfort, in Germany, +is manufactured from the lees of wine,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Gamboge</span>, a yellow opaque gum, or mucilage,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">16</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Glue</span>, (gelatine) a jelly procured +from skins of animals,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">25</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Gold bronze</span>, gold in fine powder,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>pwt.</i></td> +<td class="pg">75</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Gold leaf</span>, thin laminas of gold,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>book</i></td> +<td class="pg">45</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">gum-arabic</span>, a mucilaginous substance +that exudes from certain trees in Arabia,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">gum-asphaltum</span>, a bitumen, or mineral pitch,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">8</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">gum-copal</span>, a hard transparent resin,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">40</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">gum-elastic</span>, (indian rubber, caoutchouc) +exudes from trees in the West-Indies,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">8</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">gum-sandarac</span>, a resin, similar to +rosin but much harder,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">100</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Gum-shellac</span>, a compound, resinous +substance, procured from the nests, or cells of an insect,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">gum-mastic</span>, a hard, transparent resin,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">100</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Ising-glass</span>, a kind of transparent +glue procured from various kinds of fish,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">25</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Lake</span>, (drop lake) a rose coloured +pigment, prepared from brazil wood,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">200</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Lead</span>, a brown heavy metal,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c"> </td> +<td><span class="sc">Lime</span>, an oxide of calcium, is procured +by calcining lime stone, marble or chalk,</td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Linseed oil</span>, is expressed from ground flaxseed,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>pt.</i></td> +<td class="pg">15</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Litharge</span>, (gold litharge) an oxide of lead,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">4</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Litmus</span>, a blue colouring vegetable,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">10</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Mercury</span>, (quick silver) a metal +that remains fluid in the common +temperature of the atmosphere,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">8</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Muriate of ammonia</span>, (sal ammoniac) +is formed by adding muriatic +acid to liquid ammonia, evaporating, &c.,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c"> </td> +<td><span class="sc">Muriate of soda</span>, (culinary salt) is procured +by evaporating the water of the ocean,</td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Muriate of strontia</span>, procured by +dissolving native carbonate of strontia, in muriatic acid, and evaporating,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">75</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c"> </td> +<td><span class="sc">Muriate of lime</span>, formed by evaporating +a solution of marble in muriatic acid,</td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Muriatic acid</span>, (marine acid, spirit +of salt) is extracted from sea-salt,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Nitrate of ammonia</span>, procured by +dissolving carbonate of ammonia +(common smelling salts) in nitric acid,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">20</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Nitrate of potass</span>, (nitre, salt-petre) +may be procured by adding nitric +acid to a solution of sub-carbonate +of potass, and crystallizing by evaporation,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Nitrate of strontia</span>, procured the +same as the muriate,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">75</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Nitric acid</span>, (aquafortis) is obtained +by distilling two parts of sulphuric +acid, together with one part of salt-petre,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Nut galls</span>, are formed on the leaves +of a species of oak,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Olive oil</span>, (sweet oil,)</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Oil of cinnamon</span>, extracted from +cinnamon by distillation,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">75</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Oil of rosemary</span>, procured also by distillation,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">25</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Orange lead</span>, a scarlet pigment similar +to red lead,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Oxide of manganese</span>, a black powder +consisting of a metal combined with oxygen,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">10</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Phosphorus</span>, a simple substance procured +from bones; its greatest peculiarity +is extraordinary combustibility,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">200</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Phosphuret of lime</span>, a combination +of lime and phosphorus,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">200</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Plumbago</span>, (black lead) a carburet of iron,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">16</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Potassium</span>, the metallic base of potass, +may be readily obtained from +pearl ash by any one who has a galvanic apparatus,</td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Prussiate of iron</span>, (prussian blue) +may be formed by adding prussiate +of potass, to a solution of copperas,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">25</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Prussiate of potass</span>, a combination +of potass and prussic acid,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">50</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Pumice stone</span>,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Red lead</span>, (minium) is obtained by +melting lead in an open vessel, and +exposing it in that state to the action +of the atmospheric air,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Red ochre</span>, (spanish brown) a native +oxide of iron,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Rosin</span>, the resinous part of turpentine,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Silver bronze</span>,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>pwt.</i></td> +<td class="pg">50</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Silver leaf</span>,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>book</i></td> +<td class="pg">30</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Slip blue</span>, (wet blue) an aqueous +preparation of prussian blue,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">30</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Spirits of turpentine</span>, (oil of turpentine) +is procured by distilling common or crude turpentine; +the residuum is rosin,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>pt.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Sub-acetate of copper</span>, (verdigris,)</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Sub-carbonate of potass</span>, (pearlash) +potass refined by calcination,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Sulphate of copper</span>, (blue vitriol, +roman vitriol,)</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Sulphate of iron</span>, (copperas, green +vitriol,)</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c"> </td> +<td><span class="sc">Sulphate of lime</span>, (plaister of paris, +alabaster, gypsum,)</td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +<td class="pg"> </td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Sulphate of zinc</span>, (white vitriol,)</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Sulphur</span> (brimstone) is generally +found combined with ores of metals,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Sulphuric acid</span>, (oil of vitriol) the +condensed vapour of burning sulphur,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">16</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Sulphuric ether</span>, procured by distilling +alcohol with sulphuric acid,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">25</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Super carbonate of potass</span> (sal eratus) +is formed by passing a current +of carbonic acid gas, through a solution of pearl ash,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Super carbonate of soda</span>, may be +prepared in the same manner from the sub-carbonate,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Super tartrate of potass</span> (cream of +tartar) is found encrusted on the +sides of casks in which wine has been kept,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">4</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Tartaric acid</span>, procured from cream of tartar,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Terra-de-sienna</span>, an oxide of iron +that becomes dark red by burning,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Tin</span>, (grain, or granulated tin,)</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Tin foil</span>, metallic tin rolled to thin +laminas or sheets like paper,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Turmeric</span>, the root of a vegetable,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Umber</span>, a brown earth that becomes +nearly black by burning,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Venice turpentine</span>,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">6</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Vermilion</span>, a sulphuret of mercury, +is sometimes found native, but may +be procured by grinding sulphur and +mercury together, and heating +them, first in an open vessel, till the +mixture takes a violet colour; and +afterward in a flask or matrass,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Whiting</span>, (Spanish white) refined,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Yellow ochre</span>, (spruce yellow) an oxide of iron,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>lb.</i></td> +<td class="pg">12</td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td class="c">*</td> +<td><span class="sc">Zinc</span> (spelter) a metal of which, with +copper, brass is made,</td> +<td class="pg"><i>oz.</i></td> +<td class="pg">3</td> +</tr> +</table> +<br> +<div class="figcenter"><img src="images/007.jpg" alt="Decoration" width="128" height="114"></div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Select Collection of Valuable and +Curious Arts and Interesting Experiments,, by Various Unknown + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A SELECT COLLECTION OF *** + +***** This file should be named 38067-h.htm or 38067-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/0/6/38067/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/38067-h/images/001.jpg b/38067-h/images/001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..03275d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/images/001.jpg diff --git a/38067-h/images/002.jpg b/38067-h/images/002.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..09d7131 --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/images/002.jpg diff --git a/38067-h/images/003.jpg b/38067-h/images/003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d58769 --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/images/003.jpg diff --git a/38067-h/images/004.jpg b/38067-h/images/004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..056a3f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/images/004.jpg diff --git a/38067-h/images/005.jpg b/38067-h/images/005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a8ea7c --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/images/005.jpg diff --git a/38067-h/images/006.jpg b/38067-h/images/006.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2879c5e --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/images/006.jpg diff --git a/38067-h/images/007.jpg b/38067-h/images/007.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f500a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/images/007.jpg diff --git a/38067-h/images/hand.jpg b/38067-h/images/hand.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..32118bc --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/images/hand.jpg diff --git a/38067-h/images/name.jpg b/38067-h/images/name.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1c8539 --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/images/name.jpg diff --git a/38067-h/images/titlepage.jpg b/38067-h/images/titlepage.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0cd7ad --- /dev/null +++ b/38067-h/images/titlepage.jpg diff --git a/38067.txt b/38067.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60cd632 --- /dev/null +++ b/38067.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3211 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Select Collection of Valuable and Curious +Arts and Interesting Experiments,, by Various Unknown + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: A Select Collection of Valuable and Curious Arts and Interesting Experiments, + Which are Well Explained and Warranted Genuine and may be + Performed Easily, Safely, and at Little Expense. + +Author: Various Unknown + +Release Date: November 20, 2011 [EBook #38067] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A SELECT COLLECTION OF *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + + + + + +Curious Arts. + +[Illustration: Sketches of Landscapes. + +[See page 31]] + + + +A SELECT COLLECTION + +OF VALUABLE AND CURIOUS ARTS, + +AND + +INTERESTING EXPERIMENTS, + +WHICH ARE WELL EXPLAINED AND WARRANTED +GENUINE AND MAY BE PERFORMED EASILY, +SAFELY, AND AT LITTLE EXPENSE. + + +THIRD EDITION. + +CONCORD: + +PUBLISHED BY RUFUS PORTER. + +J. B. Moore, Printer. +1826. + + + + +Transcriber's Note: Some of the articles in the Appendix do not +list a price. + + + + +DISTRICT OF NEW-HAMPSHIRE, to wit. + + + _District Clerk's Office._ + +[Sidenote: L. S.] + +Be it remembered, that on the twenty-second day of October, A.D. 1825, +and in the fiftieth year of the Independence of the United States of +America, RUFUS PORTER, of the said District, has deposited in this +Office the title of a book, the right whereof he claims as proprietor, +in the words following, to wit:-- + +"_A Select Collection of valuable and curious Arts and interesting +Experiments, which are well explained and warranted genuine, and may +be performed easily, safely, and at little expense._" + +In conformity to the act of the Congress of the United States, +entitled, "An act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the +copies of Maps, Charts and Books, to the Authors and Proprietors of +such copies, during the time therein mentioned;" and also to an act, +entitled, "An act supplementary to an act, entitled, an act for the +encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of Maps, Charts and +Books to the Authors and Proprietors of such copies, during the times +therein mentioned, and extending the benefits thereof to the arts of +designing, engraving and etching historical and other prints." + + SAMUEL CUSHMAN, + _Clerk of the District of New-Hampshire_. + +A true copy of record:-- + Attest, SAMUEL CUSHMAN, _Clerk_. + + + + +ADVERTISEMENT. + + +It is not so much the object of the author, with regard to the various +arts treated of in the following pages, to convey to professed artists, +a more accurate and extensive knowledge of those arts, as to explain +some of the first lines and principles of them, for the advantage of +those, who may be induced to practice them occasionally, either for +profit or amusement. The chemical experiments are such as are calculated +to combine recreation, with improvement in useful knowledge--a knowledge +of some of the leading principles of chemistry.--The true chemical +terms, according to the new nomenclature (which, perhaps, may not be so +readily understood, by some, as the more common and familiar names, but +will be found sufficiently explained in the appendix) have, in this +work, been applied to the various articles occasionally mentioned. Very +few substances have been mentioned, which are generally considered +poisonous, or otherwise dangerous; but it may be proper, however, for +those who may attempt any of the chemical experiments, to proceed with +caution, and carefully avoid the fumes produced by chemical action, +especially in metallic solutions in nitric acid, and sublimation of +mercury. Several articles in this little collection, will probably be +found to contain some improvements, and if it prove as interesting to +others, as a similar work would formerly have been to the author, his +object will have been attained. + + + + +TABLE OF CONTENTS. + + + _Page._ + + 1. Water-proof gilding and silvering, 9 + + 2. The art of burnish gilding, 11 + + 3. Ornamental bronze gilding, 13 + + 4. To enamel picture glasses with gold, 15 + + 5. To wash iron or steel with gold, 15 + + 6. To wash brass or copper with silver, 16 + + 7. To give wood a gold, silver, or copper lustre, 17 + + 8. To print gold letters on morocco, 18 + + 9. To dye silk a brilliant gold colour, 18 + + 10. To dye silk a brilliant silver colour, 19 + + 11. To silver looking glasses, 20 + + 12. To write on paper with gold or silver, 22 + + 13. To make good shining black ink, 23 + + 14. Blue ink, 23 + + 15. Red ink, 24 + + 16. Yellow ink, 24 + + 17. Green ink, 25 + + 18. Purple ink, 25 + + 19. To write in various colours with the same pen, + ink and paper. 25 + + 20-26. Sympathetic inks for secret correspondence, 27 + + 27. Luminous ink that will shine in the dark, 28 + + 28. To make a writing appear and disappear at pleasure, 29 + + 29. To make a writing vanish and another appear in its place, 29 + + 30. To restore old writing that is nearly defaced, 30 + + 31. To paint a picture that will appear and disappear + occasionally, 30 + + 32. Landscape painting on walls of rooms, 31 + + 33. To paint in figures for carpets or borders, 34 + + 34. To paint in imitation of mahogany and maple, 35 + + 35. The art of painting on glass, 36 + + 36. Best method of polishing steel, 37 + + 37. To make letters of blue on polished steel, 38 + + 38. To preserve the brightness of polished steel, 39 + + 39. To give steel a temper to cut marble, 40 + + 40. To wash iron or steel with copper, 41 + + 41. To give iron the whiteness of silver, 42 + + 42. To wash iron with tin, 42 + + 43. To give tin the whiteness and brilliancy of silver, 44 + + 44. To crystallize tin, 44 + + 45. To make a gold coloured varnish for tin, 45 + + 46. To make shellac varnish for japanning, 46 + + 47. To make the best copal varnish, 47 + + 48. To make a spirit varnish for maps, 48 + + 49. To make elastic varnish for umbrellas, 49 + + 50. To varnish maps and pictures, 49 + + 51. To make brunswick blacking, 50 + + 52. To make a print appear on a gold ground, 51 + + 53. Best method of tracing or copying a picture, 52 + + 54. The construction and use of a copying machine, 53 + + 55. To produce the exact likeness of any object instantly, 54 + + 56. Copper plate engraving, 57 + + 57. Etching on copper plates, 60 + + 58. Engraving and scraping in mezzotinto, 63 + + 59. Etching in aqua-tinta, 64 + + 60. Copper plate printing, 65 + + 61. Etching letters and flowers on glass, 67 + + 62. To print figures with a smooth stone, 68 + + 63. To cut glass with a piece of iron, 69 + + 64. Best cement for joining glass, 70 + + 65. Best cement for joining china or crockery, 70 + + 66. To make a strong water proof glue, 71 + + 67. The art of moulding figures in relief, 72 + + 68. To cast images in plaster, 73 + + 69. To produce embossed letters on marble, 74 + + 70. To soften stone, 75 + + 71. To change wood, apparently, to stone, 76 + + 72. To render wood, cloth or paper, fire proof 77 + +73-75. To produce fire readily, 77 + + 76. To make super-combustible matches, 78 + + 77. To make gun powder, 79 + + 78. To make the common fulminating powder, 80 + + 79. To make mercurial fulminating powder, 80 + + 80. To kindle a fire under water, 82 + + 81. To light a candle by application of ice, 82 + + 82. To form letters or flowers of real flame, 83 + + 83. To produce flame of various colours, 84 + + 84. To make sky rockets and fire wheels, 85 + + 85. To produce detonating balloons, 87 + + 86. To prepare a phial that will give light in the dark, 89 + + 87. To make a person's face appear luminous in the dark, 89 + + 88. To freeze water in warm weather, 90 + + 89. To change the colours of animals, 91 + + 90. To give leather a beautiful metallic lustre, 92 + + 91. An easy method of extracting the essence of roses, 92 + + 92. To prepare various kinds of essences, 93 + + 93. To prepare soda water, 94 + + 94-95. To produce metallic trees, 95 + + 96. To tin copper by boiling, 96 + + 97. A metal that will melt in hot water, 96 + + 98. Illustration of calico printing, 96 + + 99. To prepare an imitation of gold bronze, 99 + + 100. To procure the exhilarating gas, 99 + + 101. Construction of the galvanic pile or battery, 101 + + 102. Construction of the oxy-hydrogen blow-pipe, 102 + + 103. To make a dry phosphorescent powder, 104 + + 104. Curious experiment of precipitation, 105 + + 105. To make a beautiful soft glass for jewelry, 105 + + 106. Composition of various kinds of glass, 106 + + 107. Composition of various alloys, 107 + + 108. To produce various kinds of gas, 108 + + 109. Various chemical tests, 110 + + 110. To produce a picture instantly, 111 + + 111. A cheap imitation of silver bronze, 112 + + 112. To make crayons of various colours, 113 + + 113. To make hard sealing wax, 115 + + 114. The art of manufacturing paper hangings, 116 + + 115. To make elastic blacking for leather, 118 + + 116. Sundry experiments, 119 + + + + +CURIOUS ARTS. + + +1. WATER-PROOF GILDING AND SILVERING.--This kind of gilding, usually +termed oil gilding, being the cheapest and most durable, is in general +use for gilding or silvering letters on signs, labels, &c. and may be +performed as follows:--Grind one ounce of white lead and two ounces of +litharge, very fine, in a gill of old linseed oil, and if convenient, +add nearly one-fourth of a gill of old copal varnish, and half an +ounce of stone yellow; but neither of these last, are very essential +ingredients. Expose this composition to the rays of the sun for a week +or more in a broad open vessel, observing, however, to keep it free +from dust. Then pour off the finest part, and dilute it with as much +spirits of turpentine as will make it work freely with a brush or +camel-hair pencil. (Oil that will answer exceedingly well for this +purpose, may sometimes be collected from the top of oil paints that +have been long standing, and may be used directly, without being +exposed to the sun as directed above.) Whatever letters or figures you +would gild, must be first drawn or painted with this sizing, the +ground having been previously painted and varnished; and when the +sizing is so dry as to be hard, but yet remains slightly adhesive, or +sticky, lay on gold or silver leaves smoothly over the whole, pressing +them down gently with a soft ball of cotton. The most convenient +manner of performing this, is to lay the leaves of gold or silver, +first on a piece of deer-skin or glove-leather, and cut them into +pieces of a convenient size, by drawing a smooth (not sharp) edged +knife over them. Then take a small block of wood, of a triangular +form, about half an inch thick, and two inches in diameter, and bind a +strip of fine flannel round the edges;--breathe on this, and press it +gently on a piece of the leaf, which by this may be taken from the +leather, and carried to any part of the sizing where it will best fit, +and to which it will readily adhere: thus the sizing may be readily +covered with the leaf, very little of which will be wasted. Afterward +the whole may be brushed over lightly with cotton, or a soft brush, +and the superfluous gold or silver will be brushed off, leaving the +letters or figures entire. When the work has thus remained two or +three days, it may be rubbed with a piece of silk, which will increase +its metallic lustre. _Note._--It is very essential that the varnish of +the ground should be thoroughly dry, that it may not be adhesive in +the least degree, otherwise the leaf will stick where it should not, +and materially injure the work. When plain gilding is required for +vanes, balls, &c. the leaves of gold or silver may be applied to the +work directly from the book, without cutting or dividing them. + + +2. THE ART OF BURNISH GILDING.--Make a sizing by boiling the skins of +beaver and musk rats, (which may be readily procured at a hat +manufactory,) in water, till it is of sufficient strength that by +cooling it will become a stiff jelly; strain the liquor while warm, and +give your work one coat of it with a brush; when this is dry, add a +little fine whiting to the sizing, and give the work one coat of this. +Then add as much whiting as will work freely under the brush, and lay +on five or six coats of this, allowing each a sufficient time to dry. +Smooth the work by wetting it, and rubbing it with a piece of pumice +stone, which should be previously cut and fitted to the moulding or +other work that is to be gilt; afterward, when the work is dry, rub it +with some fine sand paper. Then take some burnish-gold-size (which is +composed of pipe-clay, plumbago, beef tallow and castile soap, but may +be easily procured ready made,) and dilute it with water till it is of +the consistence of very soft putty, and afterward with the above +mentioned sizing till it will flow freely from a brush, and give the +work three successive coats of this; when the last is dry, dip a +camel-hair pencil in a mixture of equal quantities of rum and water, +and with it wet a small part of the work, and immediately, while it is +flowing, lay on a leaf of gold, brushing it down with a very soft, flat +camel-hair brush, with which also, the leaf is usually conveyed from +the book to the sizing; proceed thus till the whole is gilt, and let it +dry. When the work is sufficiently dry to take a fair polish by +burnishing, (which can be only ascertained by applying the burnisher to +different parts of the work occasionally while it is drying,) rub over +the whole carefully with a flint burnisher, or with the tooth of a wolf +or dog, being fixed in a convenient handle, till the whole acquires a +brilliant polish, except such parts as are required to remain in a +rough-gilt state, which parts are usually flatted by a coat of thin +sizing. Such are the principal rules of the art of burnish gilding; but +as this business requires some variation of management, according to +the state of the weather and other circumstances, it may not be +expected that any person should become very expert in the art, without +the advantage of some experience and practice. + +3. ORNAMENTAL BRONZE GILDING.--This is performed by means of gold or +silver, reduced to an impalpable powder, called bronze. One method of +preparing it, is to levigate any quantity of gold or silver leaves on +a stone, with some clarified honey; dilute the honey with clear water, +that the bronze may settle; pour off the water and honey, and add +fresh water to the bronze, which, after being thus thoroughly washed, +may be dried on paper, and is ready for use. Another method of +preparing the gold bronze, is to precipitate the gold from its +solution in nitro-muriatic acid, (see 5,) by adding sulphate of iron +to the solution;--then washing it, as directed above. But in general +it will be found much cheaper to buy the bronze ready prepared. The +ground for this work must be varnished with a mixture of copal +varnish, with an equal quantity of old linseed oil; and whatever +figures are to be formed in bronzing, must be represented by holes cut +through pieces of paper. Lay these patterns on the work, when the +varnish is so dry as to be but slightly adhesive, but not press them +down any more than is requisite to keep the paper in its place. Then +take a piece of soft glove-leather, moisten it a little by breathing +on it, and dip it in some dry bronze, and apply it to the figures, +beginning at the edges;--tap the figure gently with the leather, and +the bronze will stick to the varnish according to the pattern. Thus +any figure may be produced in a variety of shades, by applying the +bronze more freely to some parts of the work than to others. If some +internal parts of the figures require to be more distinct than others, +they may be wrought by their peculiar patterns, or may be edged with +dark coloured paint. In some work it may be well to extend the varnish +no farther than the intended figures, in which case, any projecting or +branching parts of the figures, may be drawn with a camel-hair pencil, +and the patterns may in some measure be dispensed with. In either +case, the work must afterwards have one or more coats of copal or +shellac varnish. + +4. TO ENAMEL PICTURE GLASSES WITH GOLD.--The glass must first be +washed perfectly clean and dried; then damp it by breathing on it, or +wet it with the tongue, and immediately lay on a leaf of gold, and +brush it down smooth. When this is dry, draw any letters or flowers +on the gold with Brunswick blacking, (see 51) and when dry, the +superfluous gold may be brushed off with cotton, leaving the figures +entire. Afterward the whole may be covered with blacking, or painted +in any colour, while the gold figures will appear to advantage on the +opposite side of the glass. This work may be elegantly shaded by +scratching through the gold with a small steel instrument, (in the end +of which many sharp points are formed,) previous to laying on the +blacking. Oil paints of any kind may be substituted in the place of +the blacking, but will not dry so quick. + +5. TO WASH IRON OR STEEL WITH GOLD.--Mix together in a phial, one part +of nitric acid, with two parts of muriatic acid, and add as much fine +gold as the acid will dissolve. For this purpose gold leaf is the most +convenient, as it will be the most readily dissolved. (This solution +is called the nitro-muriate of gold.) Pour over this solution, +cautiously, about half as much sulphuric ether;--shake the mixture, +and then allow it to settle. The ether will take the gold from the +acid, and will separate itself from it also, and form an upper stratum +in the phial. Carefully pour off this auriferous ether into another +phial, and cork it close. Wash any piece of steel or iron with this +ether, and immediately plunge it in cold water, and it will have +acquired a coat of pure gold. With this also, any flowers or letters +may be drawn or written, even with a pen, and will appear perfectly +gilt. The steel or iron should afterward be heated as much as it will +bear without changing colour, and if the steel be previously polished, +the beauty of the gilding may be much increased by burnishing with a +cornelian or blood stone. + + +6. TO WASH BRASS OR COPPER WITH SILVER.--To half an ounce of nitric +acid in a phial, add one ounce of water, and one fourth of an ounce of +good silver. It will soon be dissolved, and if the acid and metal are +both pure, the solution, (which is called nitrate of silver) will be +transparent and colourless. Add to this a solution of nearly two +drachms of muriate of soda, in any quantity of water; this will +precipitate the silver in a white opaque mass. Pour off the water with +the acid, and add to the silver an equal quantity of super-tartrate of +potass, thus forming a soft paste;--dip a piece of soft leather in his +paste, and rub it on the metal to be silvered; continue rubbing it +till it is nearly dry; then wash it with water, and polish by rubbing +it hard with a piece of dry leather. Another method is, to add +sub-carbonate of potass to the nitrate of silver, as long as ebulition +ensues; then the acid is poured off, and the precipitate, (which is +white at first, but becomes green when dry,) is mixed with double its +quantity of muriate of soda, and super-tartrate of potass. With this +composition, being moistened, the metal is rubbed over, &c. + + +7. TO GIVE WOOD A GOLD, SILVER, OR COPPER LUSTRE.--Grind about two +ounces of white beach sand in a gill of water, in which half an ounce +of gum-arabic has been dissolved, and brush over the work with it. +When this is dry, the work may be rubbed over with a piece of gold, +silver or copper, and will in a measure, assume their respective +colours and brilliancy. This work may be polished by a flint +burnisher, but should not be varnished. + + +8. TO PRINT GOLD LETTERS ON MOROCCO.--First wet the morocco with the +whites of eggs; when this is dry, rub the work over with a little +olive oil, and lay on gold leaves. Then take some common printing +types, and heat them to the temperature of boiling water, and impress +the letters on the gold;--rub the whole with a piece of flannel, and +the superfluous gold will come off, leaving the letters handsomely +gilt. Another method is, to strew powdered rosin over the morocco +previous to laying on the leaf; the heat of the types melts the rosin, +which occasions the gold to adhere in the impressions, while the other +may be brushed off. + + +9. TO DYE SILK A BRILLIANT GOLD COLOUR.--Take any quantity of +nitro-muriate of gold, (see 5) and evaporate by exposing it to a +gentle heat in a glass tumbler or phial; the gold will form itself in +crystals on the bottom and sides of the vessel; collect these crystals +and dissolve them in ten times their weight of pure water. Then put a +gill of water into a common flask, and add one ounce of granulated +zinc, and one-fourth of an ounce of sulphuric acid. Hydrogen gas will +be evolved, and rise through the neck of the flask, which must not be +stopped. Immerse a piece of white silk in the above mentioned aqueous +solution of gold, and expose it, while wet, to the current of gas as +it rises from the flask; the gold will soon be revived, and the silk +will become beautifully and permanently gilt. Any letters or flowers +may be drawn on the silk with a camel-hair pencil dipped in the +solution, and on being exposed to the action of the gas, will be +revived and shine with metallic brilliancy. _Note._--The silk must be +kept moist with water till the gold is revived. Zinc may be prepared +for the above purpose, by melting it, and stirring it continually with +a stick or iron rod while it is cooling; or it may be pulverized with +a hammer as soon as it becomes solid. + + +10. TO DYE SILK A BRILLIANT SILVER COLOUR.--Proceed as directed in the +last experiment, only use the nitrate of silver, (see 6) instead of +nitro-muriate of gold. The process of crystalizing, re-dissolving, &c. +is the same. But the crystals of silver differ in colour, being white, +whereas those produced from gold are yellow. If a jar, or box be +filled with hydrogen gas, and the silk suspended in it, the action of +the gas, and consequently the revivification of the metals will be +more uniform. For small figures, however, it may be as well to fix a +stopper in the flask, having a small orifice through it, that the gas +may be thrown with some force on the silk, and will have a more +certain effect. A solution of muriate of tin may be managed in a +similar manner, but none of these solutions can be thus revived on +paper. + + +11. TO SILVER LOOKING GLASSES.--Lay on a smooth board, a piece of soft +deer-skin leather, rather larger than the glass that is to be +silvered; and on the leather, having sprinkled a little fine whiting, +spread a piece of tin foil of the same size. Pour on a few drops of +mercury, and brush it over the tin with a smooth brush, till every +part of the tin becomes bright. Then add as much mercury as will lay +on the tin, and upon this lay the glass to be silvered: on the glass +lay another piece of leather, of the same size, and on that another +board.--Take up the boards with the glass, and pressing the boards +together, turn them with the glass, the other side up; take off the +upper board, and pass the glass with the tin and leather, between two +rollers, similar to those of a rolling press, for copper-plate +printing; thus to press out the mercury from between the tin and the +glass. Then place the glass between the boards again as before, and +place a heavy weight (which cannot be too heavy, unless it breaks the +glass) on the upper board, which must remain two or three days. The +glass may then be taken up. The practice of some is, to lay thin paper +on the mercury previous to laying on the glass; this paper, being +carefully drawn out, after the glass is laid on, serves to remove the +superfluous mercury, that the tin may come more nearly in contact with +the glass. In this case, no rollers are used. Concave or other fancy +glasses may be silvered, by making an impression with the glass, in a +kind of putty, made of fine sulphate of lime and water; and placing +the glass in the impression again with the tin foil and mercury, when +the plaster is dry, and subjecting it to pressure two or three days in +that situation. The experiment of silvering glass may be performed by +rubbing a drop of mercury on a small piece of tin foil, and pressing +it upon a piece of glass with the finger, or a piece of soft leather. +In this case, the glass will have acquired the reflective property of +a mirror; and if a similar pressure be continued a few hours, the tin +will adhere permanently. + + +12. TO WRITE ON PAPER WITH GOLD OR SILVER.--Make a sizing as strong as +will flow freely from the pen, by dissolving equal quantities of +gum-arabic and loaf sugar in water; write with this on paper and let +it dry; then moisten the paper by breathing on it, or by holding it +over hot water, and immediately lay pieces of gold or silver leaf on +the lines of the writing, pressing them down gently with a dry hair +pencil. Otherwise, brush gold or silver bronze lightly over the +writing; but this will not have so brilliant an appearance. Allow the +sizing to dry again, and then brush off the redundant gold or silver +with cotton. This writing, (if performed with leaf gold or silver) may +be burnished with a flint burnisher or a cornelian or blood-stone. +Gold letters may also be written or drawn with a hair pencil by means +of gold bronze, mixed with weak gum-water, to which may be added a +little solution of soap, which will make it run more freely. But no +preparation of solution of gold has yet been discovered, which may be +easily revived on paper. + + +13. TO MAKE GOOD SHINING BLACK INK.--Take two ounces of nut-galls in +coarse powder; one ounce of logwood in thin chips; one ounce of +sulphate of iron; three-fourths of an ounce of gum-arabic; one-fourth +of an ounce of sulphate of copper; and one-fourth of an ounce of loaf +sugar. Boil the galls and logwood together in three pints of water, +till the quantity is reduced to one half. Then the liquor must be +strained through a flannel into a proper vessel, and the remainder of +the ingredients be added to it. The mixture is then to be frequently +stirred till the whole is dissolved; after which it must be left at +rest for twenty-four hours. The ink may then be decanted from the +gross sediment, and must be preserved in a glass bottle well corked. + + +14. BLUE INK.--Dissolve one ounce of gum-arabic in a pint of water. In +a part of this gum-water, grind a small quantify of best prussian +blue; you may thus bring it to any depth of colour you choose. Indigo +will answer this purpose very well, but is not so fine a colour, nor +will it remain suspended so uniformly in the water. + + +15. RED INK.--In the above mentioned gum-water, grind very fine, three +parts of vermillion with one of lake or carmine. This is a very +perfect colour, but may require to be shaken up occasionally. To make +the common red ink, such as is used by book binders for ruling, &c. +infuse half a pound of rasped brazil-wood, for two or three days in a +pint of vinegar; then filter or strain it, and add one ounce of +gum-arabic, and one ounce of alum. It may afterward be diluted +occasionally with water. + + +16. YELLOW INK.--Steep one ounce of turmeric, in powder, in half a +gill of alcohol; let it rest twenty-four hours, and then add an equal +quantity of water;--throw the whole on a cloth, and express the +coloured liquor, which mix with gum-water. Rum or other spirits may be +substituted in the place of alcohol. A solution of gamboge in water, +writes a full yellow, but comes far short of turmeric in brightness. + + +17. GREEN INK.--To the tincture of turmeric, prepared as above, add a +little prussian blue. A variety of tints may be formed, by varying the +proportions of these two ingredients, and no artificial colour can +excel it in beauty. + + +18. PURPLE INK.--To the blue ink, described at 14, add some finely +ground lake; or instead of this, the expressed juice of the deepest +coloured beets may be substituted, but is more liable to fade. With +either of these a variety of tints may be formed, by varying the +proportions. + + +19. TO WRITE IN VARIOUS COLOURS WITH THE SAME PEN, INK AND +PAPER.--Take a sheet of white paper, and wet some parts of it with a +solution of sub-carbonate of potass, which must be diluted with water +so as not to appear on the paper when dry. Wet some other parts with +diluted muriatic acid, or with juice of lemons.--Some other parts may +be wet with a dilute solution of alum; and others with an infusion of +nut-galls (water in which bruised or pulverized nut-galls have been +steeped.) None of these preparations must be so strong as to colour +the paper any. When these are dry, take some finely powdered sulphate +of iron, and rub it lightly on some parts of the paper, that have been +wet with the sub-carbonate of potass, and infusion of galls. Then with +the juice of violets, or of the leaves of red cabbage, write on the +paper as usual with a pen. The ink is, of itself, a faint purple; +where the paper was wet with acid, the writing will be bright red; on +the sub-carbonate of potass, it will take a beautiful green; on the +alum it will be brown; on the sub-carbonate of potass that was rubbed +with powdered sulphate of iron, it will be deep yellow; and on the +infusion of galls that was rubbed with the powder, it will be +black.--The juice of violets will sometimes take a brilliant yellow on +the alkali if it be very strong. The juice of violets or red cabbage +may be kept a long time by means of the addition of a few drops of +alcohol; or the leaves may be dryed by the fire, and thus may be kept +ready for use; and it is only requisite to steep them in hot water, in +order to prepare the ink at any time. _Note._--The yellow ink, +described at 16, writes a full red where the paper has been wet with +the solution of sub-carbonate of potass; while the solution of +sulphate of iron, which has no colour of itself, writes a deep yellow +on the alkali, and black on the infusion of galls. + + +20. SYMPATHETIC INKS FOR SECRET CORRESPONDENCE.--_Process +1._--Dissolve muriate of ammonia in water, and write;--the writing +will be invisible. When you would make the writing appear, heat the +paper by the fire, and the writing will become black. + + +21. _Process 2._--Write with a solution of sulphate of iron--the +writing will be invisible. Dip a feather in an infusion of nut-galls, +and with it wet the paper, and the writing will become black. + + +22. _Process 3._--Write with a dilute infusion of galls,--it will be +invisible. Dip a feather in a solution of sulphate of iron, and +moisten the paper with it and the writing will become black. + + +23. _Process 4._--Write with a solution of sub-carbonate of potass; +wet this writing with a solution of sulphate of iron,--it will take a +deep yellow colour. + + +24. _Process 5._--Write with a solution of sulphate of copper,--no +writing will be visible. Wash the paper with a solution of prussiate +of potass,--the writing will then get a reddish brown colour. + + +25. _Process 6._--Write with a solution of super-carbonate of +soda;--moisten the paper with a solution of sulphate of copper, and +the writing will become green. + + +26. _Process 7._--Write with diluted nitrate of silver, and let the +writing dry in the dark--it will be invisible; but expose the paper to +the rays of the sun, and the writing will become black. + + +27. LUMINOUS INK THAT WILL SHINE IN THE DARK.--To half an ounce of +essential oil of cinnamon, in a phial, add half a drachm of +phosphorus. Cork the phial slightly, and set it, or suspend it near a +fire, where the heat may be nearly equal to boiling; continue the heat +four or five hours, shaking the phial frequently, but cautiously lest +any of the oil should escape, or come in contact with atmospheric air, +in which case it would take fire. The cork should be set sufficiently +tight to exclude atmospheric air, but not so as to prevent the escape +of any vapour that might be produced by excess of heat. The phial may +be afterward removed from the fire and suffered to cool. With this +phosphorised oil, any letters may be written on paper, and if carried +into a dark room, will appear very bright, resembling fire. The phial +should be kept corked close, except when used. + + +28. TO MAKE A WRITING APPEAR AND DISAPPEAR AT PLEASURE.--Dissolve +equal parts of sulphate of copper and muriate of ammonia in water, and +write. When you would make the writing appear, warm the paper gently +by the fire; the writing will appear in a yellow colour; but as soon +as you take the paper into the cold air, the writing will vanish. This +may be often repeated. + + +29. TO MAKE A WRITING VANISH AND ANOTHER APPEAR IN ITS PLACE.--Write +on paper with a solution of sub-carbonate of potass,--the writing will +be invisible. Mix together equal parts of solution of sulphate of +iron, and infusion of galls; write with this mixture (which is black) +on the same paper. Then add to the black liquor a little sulphuric +acid, sufficient to deprive it of colour. Wet the paper with this +compound; the acid will discharge the colour from the last writing, +while the alkali of the first, will precipitate the gallate of iron, +and the writing will become black. + + +30. TO RESTORE OLD WRITING THAT IS NEARLY DEFACED.--Boil one ounce of +powdered nut-galls, for an hour or more in a pint of white wine; +filter the liquor, and when cold, wet the paper with it, or pass it on +the lines with a camel hair pencil, and the writing will be much +revived. + + +31. TO PAINT A PICTURE THAT WILL APPEAR AND DISAPPEAR +OCCASIONALLY.--To half an ounce of nitric acid, add one drachm of +cobalt, one drachm of muriate of soda, and two ounces of water; set it +in a sand bath or on warm ashes, where it must remain five or six +hours. Then filter the solution, (which is nitro-muriate of cobalt,) +and with it draw the trees, and shrubbery of a designed picture. Then +with a solution of oxide of cobalt in acetic acid, draw some distant +mountains, fences, &c. and with muriate of copper, (the compound +solution described at 28,) draw some flowers, buildings, &c. These +will all be invisible when dry; but warm the paper and the picture +will appear in green, blue and yellow. It will disappear again when +the paper becomes cold. + + +32. LANDSCAPE PAINTING ON WALLS OF ROOMS.--Dissolve half a pound of +glue in a gallon of water, and with this sizing, mix whatever colours +may be required for the work. Strike a line round the room, nearly +breast high; this is called the horizon line: paint the walls from the +top to within six inches of the horizon line, with sky blue, (composed +of refined whiting and indigo, or slip blue,) and at the same time, +paint the space from the horizon line to the blue, with horizon red, +(whiting, coloured a little with orange lead and yellow ochre,) and +while the two colours are wet, incorporate them partially, with a +brush. Rising clouds may be represented by striking the horizon red +colour upon the blue, before it is dry, with a large brush. Change +some sky blue about two shades with slip blue and paint your design +for rivers, lakes or the ocean. Change some sky blue one shade with +forest green, (slip blue and chrome yellow,) and paint the most +distant mountains and highlands; shade them while wet, with blue, and +heighten them with white, observing always to heighten the side that +is towards the principal light of the room. The upper surface of the +ocean must be painted as high as the horizon line, and the distant +highlands must rise from ten to twenty inches above it.--Paint the +highlands, islands, &c. of the second distance, which should appear +from four to six miles distant, with mountain green, (two parts sky +blue with one of forest green,) heighten them, while wet, with sulphur +yellow, (three parts whiting with one of chrome yellow,) and shade +with blue-black, (slip blue and lamp black equal.) Paint the lands of +the first distance, such as should appear within a mile or two, with +forest green; heighten with chrome yellow and shade with black; +occasionally incorporating red ochre, french green or whiting. The +nearest part, or fore ground, however, should be painted very bold +with yellow ochre, stone brown, (red and yellow ochres and lamp black +equal,) and black. Paint the shores and rocks of the first distance +with stone brown; heighten with horizon red, shade with black. For +those of the second distance, each colour must be mixed with sky +blue.--The wood lands, hedges and trees of the second distance are +formed by striking a small flat stiff brush end-wise, (which operation +is called bushing, and is applied to the heightening and shading all +trees and shrubbery of any distance,) with mountain green, deepened a +little with slip blue; with which also the ground work for trees of +the first distance is painted; and with this colour the water may be +shaded a little under the capes and islands, thus representing the +reflection of the land in the water. Trees of the first distance are +heightened with sulphur yellow or french green; and shaded with +blue-black. Every object must be painted larger or smaller, according +to the distance at which it is represented; thus the proper height of +trees in the second distance, is from one to two inches, and other +objects in proportion. Those in the first distance from six to ten +inches generally; but those in the fore ground, which are nearest, are +frequently painted as large as the walls will admit. The colours also +for distant objects, houses, ships, &c., must be varied, being mixed +with more or less sky blue, according to the distance of the object. +By these means the view will apparently recede from the eye, and will +have a very striking effect. + + +33. TO PAINT IN FIGURES FOR CARPETS OR BORDERS.--Take a sheet of +pasteboard or strong paper, and paint thereon with a pencil, any +flower or figure that would be elegant for a border or carpet figure; +then with small gouges and chisels, or a sharp pen knife, cut out the +figure completely, that it be represented by apertures cut through the +paper. Lay this pattern on the ground intended to receive the figure, +whether a floor or painted cloth, and with a stiff smooth brush, paint +with a quick vibrative motion over the whole figure.--Then take up the +paper and you will have an entire figure on the ground. _Note._--If a +floor is to be thus painted, in imitation of a carpet, the pattern +must be perfectly square, and the figure so designed, that when +several of them come together, they may completely match each other; +and when different colours are used in the same figure, they must be +kept a little separate from each other, and wrought with different +brushes. + + +34. TO PAINT IN IMITATION OF MAHOGANY AND MAPLE.--First give the work +one or two coats of straw coloured paint, composed of white lead and +yellow ochre, ground in linseed oil, to which may be added a little +fine litharge, that the paint may the sooner dry; when this is dry, +rub it smooth with sand-paper. Then if mahogany is to be imitated, +stain the work over with boiled linseed oil, coloured a little with +venetian red and burnt terra-de-sienna, equal quantities. This should +be applied with a short stiff brush, and spread very thin that it may +not run, or drip off. Then with terra-de-sienna, ground very thick in +oil, form the dark shades of the graining according to your design, +with a small flat brush. For this purpose a common sash-brush may be +made flat, by having a small piece of wire, or wood, bound on each +side near the handle. Some of the darker shades may be drawn with +burnt umber and black, ground together, which may be applied with a +camel hair pencil. If any part is to be made very light, the staining +may be wiped off carefully with a ball of cotton. Light stripes, or +lines may be produced by drawing a piece of cork or soft wood over the +work, thus taking off or removing the dark colours, that the original +ground may appear.--To imitate maple, the work must be stained with +yellow ochre, and burnt umber, ground together in boiled oil. Instead +of burnt umber, terra-de-sienna (unburnt) is sometimes used, but as +different kinds, or parcels of it, vary in colour, from yellow to +brown, it may not be depended on uniformly. The birds' eyes and curls +are formed by removing the staining from the ground with a piece of +stiff leather, the edges of which are cut in notches so that the +several points will touch the work at the same time. + + +35. THE ART OF PAINTING ON GLASS.--If the common cakes of +water-colours are to be used in this work, they should be mixed with +water in which a little muriate of soda has been dissolved. Other +paints may be ground in shellac varnish; or in linseed oil, but this +will not dry so quick. The most proper colours for this work, on +account of their transparency, are india ink, or lamp black, burnt +umber, burnt terra-de-sienna, lake and gamboge or chrome yellow. These +must be laid on very thin, that they may be the more transparent. Set +up the glass on its edge, against a window, or place a lamp on the +opposite side that the light may shine through, and with a fine hair +pencil, draw the out lines of your design on the glass with black; +afterward shade and paint it with the above mentioned colours, +observing to paint that part of the work first, which in other +painting would be done last. The shading may be performed by laying on +two or more coats of the colour, where you want it darker. If +transparency is not required, a greater variety of colours may be +used, and laid on in full heavy coats. Any writing or lettering in +this work, must be written from right to left, contrary to the usual +order. In some pieces, the body of some of the principal objects, may +be left blank, so that by placing pieces of silk or paper of different +colours, on the opposite side of the glass the picture will also +appear in different colours, and may be changed from one colour to +another at pleasure. + + +36. BEST METHOD OF POLISHING STEEL.--For this purpose a wheel must be +provided that is perfectly round, and the rim of it covered with +deer-skin, or buff-leather. The diameter of the wheel, for common +purposes may be about two feet; but for polishing razors, and some +other similar instruments, the wheel should not be more than five or +six inches in diameter, and two inches thick. The steel must first be +ground smooth as possible on a common, or fine grained stone; it may +then be applied to the polishing wheel, which must be turned with such +velocity that the surface, or rim, may move at the rate of from forty +to sixty feet in a second; and the leather must frequently have a +powder applied, called crocus of iron, which is prepared by calcining +sulphate of iron in a crucible till it becomes a fine red oxide +resembling rust. For ordinary work, the leather may be moistened with +olive oil, that it may the better retain the powder; but it will give +a more perfect polish if kept dry. If any perfectly plain surfaces, +such as mirrors are to be polished, they must be applied to the sides +of a wheel, and not to the edge or rim, in the manner of other work. + + +37. TO MAKE LETTERS OR FLOWERS OF BLUE, ON POLISHED STEEL.--Hold the +steel over a charcoal fire till it becomes blue;--let it cool. Then +with equal parts of rosin and bees wax, melted together, coloured a +little with lamp black, and diluted with spirits of turpentine, so as +to work freely with a camel hair pencil, draw any letters or figures +on the steel, while it is a little warm. When the steel has become +cold, wash it over with muriatic acid, diluted with two parts water, +to one of acid; thus take off the blue colour, and then wash it with +clear water. Afterward the varnish, being warmed a little, may be +readily washed off with spirits of turpentine, and the letters or +flowers will remain blue. _Note._--If letters are formed of polished +steel with this varnish, and the body of the metal be also covered +with it, except a small space round the letters, and then bathed with +muriatic acid, the space round the letters, will become a dull iron +colour, while the letters and the body of the steel will retain their +polished surface and brilliancy. + + +38. TO PRESERVE THE BRIGHTNESS OF POLISHED STEEL.--Grind an ounce of +native plumbago, (such as is used for making lead pencils,) very fine +in a gill of spirits of turpentine; then add an ounce of clean bees +wax; apply a gentle heat, till the wax is melted, and continue +stirring it till it is nearly cold. Brush over the steel with this +composition, and when the spirits have evaporated, rub the work hard +with a piece of glove leather, and wipe off nearly all the wax, that +the metal may retain its brightness. This may be applied to iron or +steel in machinery, or other work, and will be found to answer a much +better purpose than oil, as it is less liable to collect dust from the +atmosphere, and is, in general, much more durable. + + +39. TO GIVE STEEL A TEMPER TO CUT MARBLE.--No temper can be given to +steel, in which hardness is combined with tenacity, more than in that +given to files, at the file manufactories, which is accomplished by +the following process.--To boiling water, add about twice as much +finely ground muriate of soda, as the water will dissolve, and as much +rye flour as will, with the other, make a thick paste; lay a coat of +this paste over the steel, (which must be ground, or filed previous to +tempering,) and subject it to a full red heat, in a fire of charcoal, +mixed with about a third part of animal coal, (coal of bones, horns, +leather, &c.) and then suddenly plunge it three or four feet deep, in +exceeding cold water. By thus immersing the steel rather deep in the +water there is a double advantage; for the water which becomes heated, +by contact with the steel, will rise and its place be supplied +continually by fresh cold water; and at the same time, the pressure of +the water on the coating of paste, will make it adhere more closely to +the steel while it is cooling. The paste may then be shelled off, and +the steel will be found as bright as before, or at least, will not +have been essentially oxydized by the operation. + + +40. TO WASH IRON OR STEEL WITH COPPER.--Dissolve sulphate of copper in +water, in the proportion of one to three; wash the iron or steel with +it, and it will instantly be covered with reduced copper. This is best +performed by applying the solution with a brush, which must be +followed directly with a sponge of clear water. In this manner any +letters or figures may be drawn with a camel-hair pencil, or a pen, +and if it be on polished steel, the letters or flowers will assume the +brilliancy of the steel and appear like highly polished copper. It may +sometimes be requisite to cleanse the metal by washing it with diluted +muriatic acid, that the copper may adhere the more readily. If the +steel thus ornamented, be held over a charcoal fire, the copper +figures become blue first; and when the steel becomes blue, the copper +takes a gold colour; but is restored again to its original colour, by +diluted muriatic acid. + + +41. TO GIVE IRON THE WHITENESS OF SILVER.--To nitric acid, diluted +with an equal quantity of water, add as much mercury as the acid will +dissolve; then add to the solution, three or four times as much water, +and having given the iron a coat of copper, as directed in the last +experiment, brush it over in the same manner with the diluted nitrate +of mercury; its appearance will be equal, if not superior to that of +real silver. In this manner any common, or rough iron work, may be +apparently silvered at a most insignificant expense. + + +42. TO WASH IRON WITH TIN.--Small pieces of iron may be tinned, after +being filed bright, by washing them with a saturated solution of +muriate of ammonia in water and dipping them, while moist, in a vessel +of melted tin. If the iron is of such form as cannot be conveniently +filed, it may be immersed in nitric acid, diluted with as much water +as acid; when the acid begins to act sensibly on every part, it may be +washed with water, and then with the muriate of ammonia, and if a +little fine rosin be sprinkled on it previous to dipping it in the +tin, it may be an advantage. The iron must remain in the tin till it +becomes nearly as hot as the tin, otherwise it will be coated too +thick. Muriatic acid may sometimes be used, instead of muriate of +ammonia, and if the iron is not filed, it will answer a better +purpose. The inside of cast iron vessels may be tinned as follows: +Cleanse the iron by scouring or rubbing it with a sharp grained stone, +keeping the iron wet with diluted nitric acid. As the most prominent +parts of the iron will be first brightened by the stone, the acid will +also commence its action on the same parts, which will very much +facilitate the work, while the hollows, and deeper parts of the +surface, will remain untouched till the iron is nearly smooth. When +this is accomplished, wash the iron with water, and then with clear +muriatic acid; turn the vessel over to drain off the superfluous acid; +then set it upright, and fill it with melted tin, which must be poured +in cautiously, directly on the bottom of the vessel first, and the +stream of tin increased till the vessel is full; then pour out the tin +suddenly, and invert the vessel till it is cold. Sheets of iron are +tinned, in the manufactories of tin plate, by immersing the sheets, +endwise, in a pot of melted tin, the top of which is covered with +about two inches depth of tallow. This tallow answers a better +purpose, after it has become brown by use, than it does at first. The +only preparation of the iron sheets is, to scour them perfectly clean +and bright. + + +43. TO GIVE TIN THE WHITENESS AND BRILLIANCY OF SILVER.--To an ounce +of nitric acid, diluted with an equal quantity of water, add nearly an +ounce of mercury, or as much as the acid will dissolve. When this is +dissolved, add to the solution, gradually, half an ounce of sulphuric +acid; this will precipitate the mercury in the form of a white powder; +when this has subsided, pour off the acid and add clear water; thus +wash the powder from the acid, then pour off the water, and while the +precipitate is moist, (or if it be suffered to dry, it may be again +moistened with water,) rub it over the tin with a piece of glove +leather.--Then wash the tin with water, and when it is dry, rub it +pretty hard with a piece of fine woollen cloth; it will resemble +polished silver. + + +44. TO GIVE TIN A CHANGEABLE CRYSTALLINE APPEARANCE.--Cleanse the tin +by washing it with warm soap and water, and rinse it in clear water. +Then heat the tin to the temperature of bare sufferance to the hand, +and pour on it, or apply with a brush or sponge, a mixture of one +ounce of muriatic acid, with one fourth of an ounce of sulphuric acid, +and two ounces of water; then immediately wash the tin in clear water. +Another method is, to apply in the same manner a solution of two +ounces of muriate of soda, in four ounces of water, with one ounce of +nitric acid. In either case, if the crystalline figures are not bold +enough, the operation may be repeated. If a very small figure is +required, the tin may be heated nearly to flowing, and plunged into +cold water, slightly acidulated with nitric and muriatic acids. If a +little solder is drawn over the tin with a hot iron or copper, in such +manner as to form a cross, or circle, and the opposite side of the tin +be afterwards crystallized, it will have a beautiful effect. + + +45. TO MAKE A GOLD COLOURED VARNISH FOR TIN.--To half a pint of +alcohol, in a flask, add one ounce of gum-shellac, and half an ounce +of turmeric, both in powder; set the flask in a warm place, frequently +shaking it, for twelve hours or more; then filter or strain off the +liquor, which may be occasionally diluted with new rum.--If a colour +is required resembling dutch gold, a small quantity of dragon's blood +may be added, or substituted in the place of turmeric.--When this +varnish is used, it must be applied to the work freely and flowing, +and must not be brushed or rubbed while it is drying. One or more +coats of this varnish (or laquer as it is sometimes called) may be +laid on the work, as the colour is required to be deeper or lighter. +_Note._--To make a rose coloured varnish, proceed as above directed, +only substitute one-fourth of an ounce of the best lake, finely +ground, in the place of turmeric. A transparent blue varnish may also +be made by means of prussian blue; and purple or green, by adding a +little blue to the gold, or rose coloured varnishes. These laquers are +frequently employed for washing silver bronzed ornaments, to give them +the appearance of gold or copper. + + +46. TO MAKE SHELLAC VARNISH FOR JAPANNING.--To one quart of the best +alcohol, add half a pound of the thinnest and most transparent +gum-shellac; mix and shake these together, and let them stand in a +warm place for two or three days; then strain the varnish through a +fine flannel, and bottle it. Shellac varnish is used for japanning +lamps, tea trays, &c. Any of the colours commonly used for oil +painting, may be ground in this varnish and should be applied to the +work with a smooth brush, and in a warm place; and the work to be +japanned, should be perfectly dry and warm. _Note._--Most of the +writers on the subject of japanning, have recommended seed-lac +varnish; but it is a fact, though not so generally known as it ought +to be, that shellac and seed-lac are the same substance; the only +difference is, that shellac is in a more clarified and refined state, +than that which is called seed-lac. + + +47. TO MAKE THE BEST COPAL VARNISH.--Take one pound of gum-copal, and +melt in a flask over a brisk fire of charcoal; at the same time in +another flask, boil, or heat to the point of boiling, one pint of +linseed oil; as soon as the gum is melted, take it from the fire, and +add the hot oil in small quantities, at the same time stirring or +shaking it till they are thoroughly incorporated. Allow the mixture to +cool below the boiling point of water, and then add nearly a quart of +spirits of turpentine;--cork the flask slightly, and expose it for a +few days to the rays of the sun, which will make it work more smooth +and shining. If a larger quantity is to be made, a copper boiler, that +is small at the top will answer to melt the gum in. For ordinary or +coarse work, a larger proportion of oil and a little rosin may be +added. If oil is used in which red lead and litharge (in the +proportion of half a pound of each to a gallon of oil) have been +previously boiled, the varnish will the sooner dry. + + +48. TO MAKE A SPIRIT VARNISH FOR PICTURES AND FANCY BOXES.--To a pint +of alcohol, in a flask, add four ounces of gum-mastic, and one ounce +of gum-sandarac, both in powder; expose the mixture to a gentle heat, +sufficient to produce a slight ebulition for a few minutes, frequently +shaking it, and the gums will be dissolved; strain the varnish through +a fine flannel, bottle and cork it. Some recommend the addition of +venice turpentine, by means of which, a small quantity of gum-copal, +finely powdered, may also be dissolved, but as venice turpentine +contains a portion of spirits of turpentine, it renders the varnish +too penetrating for many purposes; and even the gum-sandarac may be +omitted without any essential disadvantage. This varnish should be a +little warm when used. + + +49. TO MAKE ELASTIC VARNISH FOR UMBRELLAS, OR HAT CASES.--To a pint of +spirits of turpentine, in a flask, add one ounce of gum-elastic, cut +into very small pieces; put in the cork slightly and set the flask in +a warm place, where the heat may not be equal to that of boiling +water, till the gum-elastic is dissolved, which may be effected in +four or five hours. Then strain the solution through a strong linen or +cotton cloth, and add half a pint of boiled linseed oil. _Note._--A +larger proportion of gum-elastic may be dissolved, and a less quantity +of oil added, by which means the varnish will be more elastic, but +will not have so smooth and permanent a gloss. + + +50. TO VARNISH MAPS AND PICTURES.--Take a piece of linen, or cotton +cambric, rather larger than the map or picture to be varnished, and +draw it straight upon a frame of convenient size, and confine it at +the edges by small tacks or nails. Lay a thin coat of fine rye flour +paste on this, and on the back of the paper that is to be varnished; +lay the paper on the cambric and press them together till the paper +adheres firmly in every part. When this is dry, give the face of the +print two or three coats of a strong solution of gum-arabic in water, +allowing each sufficient time to become perfectly dry. This sizing +must be applied with a large smooth brush, and must be spread over the +work very quickly, and with as little brushing as possible. +Afterwards, give the work one or more coats of the varnish described +at 48. _Note._--Very small prints may not require to be pasted on +cambric; and if the paper be very thick, the varnish may be applied +without the previous sizing. Ising-glass, (which may be readily +dissolved in boiling water) is sometimes added to the gum-arabic, and +increases the strength of the sizing, but is somewhat less transparent +than pure gum-arabic. A more simple method of varnishing prints, is to +size them with a solution of loaf sugar, and finish with a solution of +rosin in spirits of turpentine. + + +51. TO MAKE BRUNSWICK BLACKING FOR PICTURE GLASSES.--Take one pound of +gum-asphaltum and melt it over a slow fire; then take it from the fire +and add spirits of turpentine in small quantities, stirring it briskly +till it is of the consistence of varnish. As there is some danger of +its taking fire when the spirits of turpentine is added, it may be +well to be provided with a piece of wet flannel, to throw over it if +that should happen. When it is nearly cold, strain it through a +flannel, and bottle it for use. This blacking is used for bordering +picture glasses, and is probably the most perfect black in nature. It +is water proof and dries very quick. + + +52. TO MAKE A PRINT APPEAR ON A GOLD GROUND.--Dilute venice turpentine +with spirits of turpentine till it works freely with a camel-hair +pencil; lay a coat of this varnish on any part of a print or picture, +observing to keep the pencil within the lines, that the varnish may +not spread beyond. Then lay a coat of the varnish on the same part of +the back of the paper and lay on a leaf of gold over the varnished +part; press down the gold very gently with cotton, and the varnish +having rendered the paper transparent, the face of the picture will +appear as if those parts were printed in gold. By this varnish (which +is less liable to spread in the paper than oil) pictures may be so +prepared, that the colours of various parts of them, may be varied and +changed at pleasure, by placing pieces of silk or paper of different +colours on the back of them. + + +53. BEST METHOD OF TRACING OR COPYING A PICTURE.--Perhaps the most +simple method of copying the outlines of a picture, is to place the +picture against a window, with the paper over it, on which the copy is +to be drawn; the principal lines of the picture will be seen through +the other paper, and may readily be traced with a lead pencil. But the +usual manner of copying, in landscape painting, and which will answer +for pictures of any size, is to rub over the back of the picture with +plumbago, or red ochre; then lay the picture on the ground that is to +receive the copy, and trace the lines with a smooth pointed steel, or +piece of hard wood. The ground will thus be very accurately and +distinctly marked, by the plumbago or ochre adhering to the ground in +the lines that are traced. When several copies are to be taken from +the same pattern, (which frequently occurs in ornamental painting,) +the outlines of the first copy may be perforated with some pointed +instrument, so that being laid on the other grounds that are to +receive the copies, and brushed over with a little fine dry whiting, +or red ochre, (as the case may require) the whiting or ochre will +penetrate the perforated lines of the pattern, and thus mark the +ground on which it is laid. + + +54. THE CONSTRUCTION AND USE OF A COPYING MACHINE.--Take two strips of +wood, which may be about three feet long, one inch wide, and +one-fourth of an inch thick; lay them on a table, parallel to each +other, and eighteen inches apart. Across these, lay three other +strips, which must be eighteen inches long, that each end of each +piece may rest on one of the longer strips. Two of these must lie +across the opposite ends of the longer pieces, and the other across +the centre, thus forming two squares. Drive a pin through the ends of +the short pieces, or confine them by rivets to the others, but not so +as to prevent their playing circularly on the rivets. Then drive a pin +or pivot through the centre of the middle cross-bar into the table, or +board on which the work lies. In one end of one of the long strips +(which may project a little over the cross-bar) fix a lead pencil, +with the point downward, so that it may bear lightly on the board; and +under this pencil, place the paper that is to receive the copy. And in +the opposite end of the other piece, fix a smooth iron point, in a +manner similar to that of the pencil, and under this point place the +picture that is to be copied. Then with the iron point, carefully +trace the lines of the picture, and the pencil in the opposite corner +will move in a transverse direction, and draw the same picture very +accurately on the other paper. If you fix the pencil half way between +its former place and the middle cross-bar, and remove the pivot to a +point that is directly in a line with the pencil and the iron point, +it will give a copy in exact proportion, but only one fourth part as +large as the picture that is copied. Thus the copy may be decreased or +increased to any size, and still retain its regular proportions. In +this manner, painting on wood or canvas may be copied, which could not +readily be done in any other way. + + +55. TO PRODUCE THE EXACT LIKENESS OF ANY OBJECT, INSTANTLY ON +PAPER.--This may be readily effected by laying the paper on a table, +and holding a double convex lens (a common sun-glass) over it, and +then placing a mirror over the lens, in an oblique position so as to +face partly downward, and partly towards the object that is to be +represented. The rays of light passing from the object to the mirror, +will be reflected downward through the lens, and produce the likeness +of the object in full colours on the paper. This experiment may be +easily made in the evening, by reflecting the flame of a candle in +this manner, which will appear very brilliant on the paper. But in +order to render the reflection of an object distinctly visible by day +light, it may be requisite to exclude nearly all the light from the +paper, except what falls through the lens. In all cases, the lens must +be placed at a distance above the paper, according to its focus, or +the distance at which it would contract the rays of the sun to the +smallest point. A very convenient camera obscura, for drawing +landscapes, or even portraits may be constructed as follows: Make a +box of boards, in the form of a regular cube, being one foot in +length, breadth and height; bore a hole of one inch diameter, through +the centre of the top; and on this, fix a double convex lens, the +focus of which must reach the bottom of the box. Make an aperture of +about six inches in length, and one in breadth, through one side of +the box at the top, by shaving off, or hollowing the edge in such +manner that when you put your face to the aperture to look into the +box, it will exclude all the light except what falls through the lens. +Make a hole through each end of the box, near the bottom, large enough +to put in the hands, with paper and pencil. On the top of the box, on +the right and left sides of the lens, fix two pieces of boards, which +may be about four inches high, eight inches long, and three inches +distant from each other. Between these boards, fix a piece of looking +glass, three inches square, and facing from you; the lower edge of the +glass, being near the lens, on the side towards you; and the upper +edge inclining towards you about thirty degrees from a perpendicular. +Directly over, and nearly four inches above the lens, place another +mirror, the centre of which must face directly towards the lower edge +of the first. Cover the glass-box so as to exclude all the light from +the glasses except what falls on them horizontally from objects +directly in front of you, and place a sheet of paper on the bottom of +the box inside. The rays of light, passing from objects in front, will +be reflected from the first mirror to the second, and from the second, +through the lens to the paper, where you will have a perfect +similitude of the objects in view, in full colours, and true +perspective, and may trace them on the paper, with a pencil or pen. + + +56. COPPER-PLATE ENGRAVING.--For this purpose, provide a plate of +copper, rather larger than the design that is to be engraved, and may +be about one sixteenth of an inch thick; planish by rubbing it, first, +directly length-wise, and afterwards breadth-wise with a piece of +pumice-stone, which may be dipped occasionally in a mixture of one +part nitric acid, with six or seven parts water.--Then wash the copper +with clear water, and rub it with an oil stone that has a plane +surface; and then polish it with a piece of charcoal, that has been +ignited to redness and quenched in cold water. Afterwards burnish the +copper by rubbing it with polished steel. Lay a piece of transparent +paper on the design that is to be engraved, and trace the principal +lines with a lead pencil;--then brush over the copy or tracing with +dry red ochre, and having rubbed the copper plate with a piece of +bees-wax, lay the red side of the tracing on the plate; then with a +smooth iron point, trace the same lines again, that they may thus be +transferred to the plate by means of the red ochre and wax. Take up +the paper and trace the lines on the plate with a needle, thus scoring +the lines slightly on the copper. Then warm the plate and wipe off the +wax, or wash it off with spirits of turpentine, and rub the plate with +fine dry whiting. The next instrument to proceed with is the graver; +consisting of a blade of steel about three inches long, which is fixed +in a convenient handle like an awl. The form of the graver should be +triangular, or between a triangle and lozenge, having two sides plane +and the other round or swelled; and should taper regularly from the +handle to the point, or nearly so, but the point must be ground off +obliquely so that the edge may extend a little farther than the back; +and the edge should rise a little rounding towards the point. It is +very essential that the edge and point of the graver should be kept +very sharp. The manner of holding the graver, is to take the handle +into the hollow of the hand, pressing it with three fingers, on one +side, and the thumb on the other, and extend the fore finger on the +back of the blade towards the point.--The edge of the graver must rest +on the plate, and its motion when cutting must be endwise in all +cases; though there evidently might be a graver constructed, which +might, in some cases, be handled in a manner more similar to that of a +pen or pencil. A graver of a square form may also be requisite, for +cutting large and broad lines occasionally. In proceeding to engrave +the plate, begin with the outlines, observing to press harder or +lighter on the graver, as the lines require to be larger or smaller, +and finish each line with the same motion if possible, without taking +the graver off the plate. Having cut the outlines, proceed to fill up, +and shade the work discretionally, according to the design. It may be +requisite, after part of the work is engraved, to scrape it lightly +with the edge of the graver, to take off any roughness, that may have +been formed on the part engraved. If after finishing the design, any +part appears to have been improperly executed, such parts may be +erased by the burnisher, and may be re-engraved with the requisite +amendments. + + +57. ETCHING ON COPPER PLATES.--Melt together two ounces of bees-wax, +and one ounce of venice turpentine, and when the wax is melted and +boils, add by small quantities, two ounces of gum-asphaltum, stirring +the mixture briskly at the same time; and when the mixture is well +incorporated, take it from the fire, let it cool a little, and then +pour it into warm water, and by working it with the hands, form it +into balls of about an inch in diameter, and wrap each of them in a +piece of taffety, or thin silk. Then, having prepared and polished a +plate of copper, as directed for copper-plate engraving, warm the +plate sufficiently to melt the balls of wax varnish, and rub one of +them over it, till every part of the polished side is covered with the +varnish; then with a ball of cotton, wrapped or tied up in taffety, +beat every part of the varnished plate gently, while the varnish is +yet flowing, that it may spread the more even and uniformly. Then hold +the plate in a horizontal position, with the varnished side down, and +hold the flame of a wax candle under it, or a small roll of paper that +has been dipped in melted wax, and thus blacken the varnish while the +plate is yet warm enough to keep it in a melted state. When the +varnish has become sufficiently and uniformly black, let the plate +cool, and having drawn the design on transparent paper, rub over the +face of it with chalk; then wipe off most of the chalk with a piece of +flannel, lay the chalked side on the varnish, and trace the lines, +somewhat minutely, with a smooth round pointed needle. Then take up +the paper, and proceed to scoring the lines in the varnish. For this +purpose you must be provided with several needles of different sizes, +and fixed in handles, which may be about four inches long, and nearly +half an inch in diameter, and the needle may project three fourths of +an inch from the handle. Some of these may be ground a little flat on +one side, and others may be round, but taper more abruptly at the +point. These needles may be held, and managed much the same as a pen. +Begin scoring with the out lines, observing to cut completely through +the varnish, but it is not requisite to scratch the copper, except in +making very heavy lines, when it cannot well be avoided. Having +finished scoring the varnish according to the design, fix a border of +wax (composed of two parts bees-wax and one of venice turpentine) +round the work, on the margin of the plate. This border may be about +half an inch high, and must be fixed to the plate while warm. Then +pour on as much nitric acid, diluted with an equal quantity of water, +as the plate with the border will contain. In about fifteen minutes +pour off the acid, and examine whether it has sufficiently corroded +any part of the work; if so, lay a mixture of warm tallow and linseed +oil over such parts with a hair pencil, and again pour on the acid. In +half an hour more the acid may be poured off, and the plate being +warmed, the border may be removed, and the varnish may be wiped off +with a piece of linen cloth;--the plate may then be washed with olive +oil, and cleansed as before with dry fine whiting. _Note_--Different +artists use a variety of different preparations of varnish for the +purpose of etching. In some old recipes, virgin wax, calcined +asphaltum, gum mastic, amber, colophony, greek pitch, burgundy pitch, +black pitch, resin, shoe makers' wax, &c. &c. are mentioned. But it is +believed that the above described varnish, while it is much more +simple, will answer equally as well for young practitioners; and it is +not expected that any will attempt very nice work, without further +information than they could expect to obtain from the sketches in this +little collection. + + +58. ENGRAVING AND SCRAPING IN MEZZOTINTO.--Having prepared a plate of +copper, proceed to score it so full of lines, cross-lines and diagonal +lines, that when they are filled with ink, the plate may appear quite +black. For this purpose an instrument will be requisite that is +fashioned similar to a chisel, the round or sloping side being scored +or filed near the point, with lines or notches very near to each +other, so as to form a set of sharp uniform teeth at the edge; this +instrument is called a cradle, and should be a little round at the +corners. This cradle must be moved over the plate, in the manner of a +graver, scoring the plate uniformly in various directions. When the +scoring is finished, take a scraper, which may be similar to a knife, +having two edges, and sloping on each side towards the point; with +this, scrape off the roughness of the plate, in such places as is +required to be the lightest in the print; such parts as require to be +shaded partially, may not be scraped so deep, while the points that +are to be the brightest may be burnished quite smooth with the +polished end of a piece of steel, about the size of a large nail, and +some of the heaviest out-lines may be cut with a graver. Thus any +portraits or other figures may be formed on the plate, with due +proportion of light and shade, and will, if properly-managed, give an +impression on paper, equal in elegance to any that might be produced +by other means. + + +59. ETCHING IN AQUA-TINTA.--Polish the plate of copper, the same as +for engraving; moisten the plate with water and sift on finely +powdered rosin and gum-asphaltum, so as to nearly cover the plate; +then warm the plate sufficient to make the powder adhere, but not to +melt it entirely. Transfer the design to the plate, and cover such +parts as are intended to remain white, with a varnish composed of bees +wax and linseed oil, which may be coloured a very little with black, +and must be applied to the work, while warm, with a camel hair pencil. +Then fix a border of wax round the plate, and pour on diluted nitric +acid. In about one minute, pour off the acid, and wash the plate with +clear water, but without effecting the varnish;--dry the plate, and +apply the varnish to such parts of the design as are intended to have +but a faint shade; then apply the acid for a minute or two longer. +Thus proceed biting in, and stopping out alternately, till every part +of the design has acquired its proper shade. But if any part requires +a darker shade than the ground, the powdered rosin may be removed from +such parts with a scraper. When the plate has become sufficiently +corroded, the varnish may be washed off with oil, or spirits of +turpentine, and the plate may be cleansed with whiting. + + +60. COPPER-PLATE PRINTING.--The paper on which impressions from a +copper-plate are to be taken, should be moistened, or wet down two or +three days previous to printing; this is performed by dipping the +sheets in water severally, and then laying them all together under a +heavy weight till they are used. When the paper is ready, the +copper-plate may be warmed over a chafing dish of coals, and the +engraved side completely covered and all the lines filled with common +printing ink, or ink made of Frankfort black, finely ground in old +linseed oil. This may be done by means of a printing ball, or the ink +may be spread on the plate with a smooth stiff brush. The plate may +then be wiped with a piece of linen or cotton cloth, and afterward +with the hand, being passed slowly but hardly over the plate to take +off all the ink except what remains in the lines of the engraving; to +accomplish which more effectually, the hand may be rubbed occasionally +with dry whiting. When the plate is thoroughly cleaned of the +redundant ink, it may be laid on the table of a rolling press, and +having a sheet of the moistened paper laid upon the face of it, and a +piece of fine broad-cloth over the paper, the whole may be passed +through the press. Then on taking up the paper, it will be found to +have received a black impression from the plate, according to the +engraving or etching, and the plate may be again carried to the fire, +to be blacked again as before. This is the usual manner of printing; +but when a rolling press is not at hand, the plate and moistened paper +may by other means, be pressed hard and firmly together, and the paper +will have received the impression equally as fair. Any of the colours, +commonly used in oil painting, being ground very thick in oil may be +substituted for ink in copper-plate printing. The plate, after being +used, should be wiped clean with a piece of flannel, moistened with +olive oil. + + +61. ETCHING LETTERS OR FLOWERS ON GLASS.--Select a piece of glass that +is thick and straight, and lay a coat of melted bees-wax on the +fairest side; then with a needle, pen-knife, or any other convenient +pointed instrument, trace any design, or picture, which being placed +under the glass, may be seen through the wax; or form any letters or +figures on the glass, carefully cutting or scoring quite through the +wax, and making the lines large or small as occasion may require. Then +warm a piece of the wax, so as to form it into a roll, about one +fourth of an inch in diameter; lay this roll round the work upon the +glass, and press it down so as to make it adhere to the glass, thus +forming a border. Then take some finely powdered fluate of lime, and +strew it evenly over the glass, on the waxed side, that it may fill +all the lines in the wax; and then gently pour upon it, so as not to +displace the powder, as much sulphuric acid, diluted with thrice its +weight of water, as is sufficient to cover the powdered fluate of +lime. Let every thing remain in this state for three hours; then pour +off the mixture, and clean the glass by washing it with spirits of +turpentine. The figures which were scored in the wax, will be found +engraven on the glass; while the parts which the wax covered, will be +uncorroded.--This glass plate may be charged with ink, (or any thick +oil paint) and impressions may be taken from it on paper, the same as +from copper plates, only caution is requisite, that the glass be not +broken by the pressure. _Note._--The fluoric acid, which is partly +absorbed by the water, in the above process, being very corrosive, +should not be suffered to touch the hands, nor any valuable vessel +whatever. + + +62. TO PRINT FIGURES WITH A SMOOTH STONE.--Take a piece of marble or +slate, and form a smooth plane surface on one side, and on this, paint +any letters or figures with common oil paint of any colour. When this +is dry, wet the stone with water, which will not adhere to the painted +figures, especially if the paints were mixed with old linseed oil, +that will produce a sharp gloss. Then apply a printer's ink-ball to +the plane surface, by which means the dry painted figures will be +covered with the ink, while the bare surface of the stone, being wet, +will not be blackened or affected by it. Press the figured surface +upon some moistened paper, and it will give a fair impression of the +painted figures, on the paper. The block of stone must be then dipped +in the water, and again inked as before, Thus many impressions may be +taken with a tolerable degree of accuracy. + + +63. TO CUT GLASS WITH A PIECE OF IRON.--Draw with a pencil on paper, +any pattern to which you would have the glass conform; place the +pattern under the glass, holding both together in the left hand, (for +the glass must not rest on any plane surface;) then take a common +spike or some similar piece of iron,--heat the point of it to redness, +and apply it to the edge of the glass; draw the iron slowly forward, +and the edge of the glass will immediately crack; continue moving the +iron slowly over the glass, tracing the pattern, and the chink in the +glass will follow at the distance of about half an inch, in every +direction according to the motion of the iron. It may sometimes be +found requisite, however, especially in forming corners, to apply a +wet finger to the opposite side of the glass. Tumblers and other +glasses may be cut or divided very fancifully by similar means. The +iron must be reheated as often as the crevice in the glass ceases to +follow. + + +64. BEST CEMENT FOR JOINING GLASS.--If the glass is not likely to be +exposed to moisture, the pieces may be joined by a solution of equal +parts of gum-arabic and loaf sugar in water; or if these are not at +hand, the white of an egg may answer nearly as well. But a strong +water proof cement that is equally transparent, may be made by +digesting finely powdered gum-copal, in thrice its weight of sulphuric +ether till it is dissolved. This solution may be applied to the edges +of the broken glass, with a camel hair pencil, and the pieces must be +put together immediately and pressed close till they adhere. + + +65. BEST CEMENT FOR JOINING CHINA OR CROCKERY.--Heat a piece of chalk +to a full red heat in a fire; and while this is heating, take the +white of an egg, and mix and beat together with it, one fourth of its +weight of pondered or scraped cheese, (such as is most void of cream, +or oily matter is preferable) or the curd that is formed by adding +vinegar to skimmed milk;--take the chalk from the fire, and before it +is cold, reduce it to powder, and add as much of it to the mixture as +will form a thick paste, and beat them anew all together, and use the +composition immediately. When this is dry, it will resist, in a great +measure, either heat or moisture. A semi-transparent cement, suitable +for china ware, may be made by gently boiling the flour of rice with +water. + + +66. TO MAKE A STRONG WATER PROOF GLUE.--Dissolve common glue in water +in the usual way, and dip into it some clean paper, sufficient to take +up an ounce or more of the glue. When the paper is nearly dry, roll it +up, or cut it into strips and put them into a wide mouthed phial or +flask, with about four ounces of alcohol; suspend this over a fire so +as to boil it gently for an hour, having the cork set in slightly to +prevent its taking fire, but not so as to prevent the vapour entirely. +Then take out the paper (the only use of which is to give the glue +more surface for the action of the alcohol) and add one ounce of +gum-shellac in powder; continue the heat, often shaking the mixture +till the shellac is dissolved. Then evaporate it to the proper +consistence for use. _Note._--Many experiments have been made, in +order to discover some aqueous size, that when dry, would resist +moisture: and some have recommended skimmed milk, and others vinegar +as a menstruum for the glue. But it does not appear from trial, that +either of these are but very little better for this purpose than +water; nor is it probable that any similar composition of size will +resist moisture much better than common glue, especially if it be +mixed with sulphate of lime, or some similar substance by way of +support. + + +67. THE ART OF MOULDING FIGURES IN RELIEF.--Mix together and temper +with a solution of gum-arabic in water, one part of clean, sifted +wood-ashes, and two parts of fine sulphate of lime. Knead this +composition on a board, till it has the consistence of putty. Press a +ball of this putty on any medal, coin or carved work in relief, (which +must be previously oiled) and let it dry; then take off the mould thus +formed, and oil the part that has received the impression of the +figure, with olive oil;--make a small orifice through the mould, from +the centre, or deepest part of the impression; also, pare off the +border of the mould, to within half an inch of the impressed figure. +Then lay a small piece of the putty on the board and press the mould +down hard upon it, that it may not only fill the mould, but that the +redundant part may be pressed out beyond the border of the mould: +raise the mould a little and blow through the orifice, to detach the +new moulded figure from the mould. Thus any number of figures may be +readily produced, suitable for ornamenting chimney pieces, or +mouldings, and which will be very hard when dry, and may be painted +with any coloured oil paints, which will also preserve them from +moisture. + + +68. TO CAST IMAGES IN PLASTER.--For this purpose a model of the figure +that is to be cast, must be provided, and suspended by a rod or staff, +one inch in diameter, and fixed in the top of the head. This model may +be made of wood, chalk, or any other substance that is smooth, and +sufficiently cohesive to support itself. This being prepared, mix fine +sulphate of lime with water, to the consistence of soft putty, and +having brushed some olive oil over the model, cover it completely with +the plaster, which must be applied, and spread over it with the hands, +to the depth of two inches or more. When the plaster is nearly dry, +divide it into several parts with a thin blade, so as to take it off +from the model without breaking any part. When the several parts of +the mould are dry, oil them inside and put them together as before, +and bind them with pieces of tape or twine; set the mould upright, and +fill it with a fresh mixture of sulphate of lime and water, of as much +consistence as may be poured in through the aperture at the head. This +plaster should be poured into the mould as quick as possible after +being mixed; otherwise it would become too stiff, and be spoiled. The +plaster in the mould will soon cohere, so that the mould may be taken +off, and the figures may be set up to dry; and the mould being oiled +and put together again, is ready for another cast. + + +69. TO PRODUCE EMBOSSED LETTERS, OR FIGURES ON MARBLE.--Take some of +the coloured varnish described at 37, and with a hair pencil, draw the +letters, &c. on the marble, (which should be previously well +polished,) and also cover with the varnish, every part of the face of +the marble that is to remain plain. Lay the marble in a horizontal +position and make a border of oil putty round it, and pour on muriatic +acid to the depth of half an inch on the marble. When ebulition +ceases, the acid may be drained off, and the work examined; and if the +letters are not sufficiently prominent, a fresh quantity of the acid +may be added. When the work has been thus corroded to the depth +required, the varnish may be washed off with spirits of turpentine. +The acid that has been thus employed need not be lost, for a muriate +of lime being thus formed, may be crystallized by a slight +evaporation, and preserved for other purposes; or by the addition of a +small quantity of sulphuric acid a sulphate of lime is precipitated, +and the muriatic may be poured off and be used again for the same or a +similar purpose. + + +70. TO SOFTEN STONE.--Marble or granite may be deprived in some +measure, of the property of cohesion by being heated red hot and then +quenched in oil. In this case, the carbonic acid which constitutes the +cohesive property of the stone, is expelled by the heat; and the +vacuum thus produced in its pores, are in some measure, filled by the +oil by the pressure of the atmosphere; by which means the stone +acquires a texture quite different from what it had previously. This +however, is not often applied to any valuable purpose. + + +71. TO CHANGE WOOD APPARENTLY, TO STONE.--Provide a block, or plank of +soft wood, of the dimensions required, and give it two or three coats +of linseed oil, allowing each to dry. Then having prepared some pieces +of marble or granite as directed in the last experiment, pulverize +them to a gross powder; brush over the wood with a heavy coat of copal +varnish (see 47) mixed with an equal quantity of venice turpentine; +let this rest about an hour, and then strew the stone powder over +every part of it, so as to cover the surface completely. If marble is +to be imitated, the powder of different colours, especially the white +and blue, may be prepared separately, and may be strewed on the work +in such shades as will appear the most natural. Granite may also be +crossed or striped occasionally with streaks of a coarser grain, which +will give it a very deceptive effect. When the varnish is thus covered +with stone, a heavy roller, or round log of wood, having a blanket +folded and wrapped round it, should be rolled over the work, that the +larger grains, (which of course will be the most exposed,) may the +more firmly adhere. In this manner, a very perfect imitation of stone +may be given, and the wood thus prepared will be exceedingly durable, +and will answer for many purposes, as well as real stone. + + +72. TO RENDER WOOD, CLOTH OR PAPER FIRE-PROOF.--Dissolve one ounce of +alum, half an ounce of sub-borate of soda and half an ounce of cherry +tree gum, in half a pint of vinegar. Dip any cloth or pieces of paper, +or wood, in this mixture and let them dry;--they cannot afterwards be +ignited so as to blaze, but may be considered safe with regard to +their taking fire by accident. _Note._--Though this composition is a +very powerful preventive against fire, it is too complex for common +use, and has too much colour for white cloths or papers; but a +solution of one ounce of sub-borate of soda in a pint of water is very +transparent and harmless, and will answer in most cases nearly as +well. + + +73. TO PRODUCE FIRE READILY.--_Process 1._ Mix together gently but +intimately, two or three grains of chlorate of potass, and an equal +quantity of loaf sugar, both previously reduced to fine powder:--dip +the end of a strip of glass, or a straw in sulphuric acid, and with it +gently touch the powder,--it will instantly burst into flame. + + +74. _Process 2._--Upon one drachm of spirits of turpentine, in a +glass, pour an equal quantity of a mixture of three parts of nitric, +with one of sulphuric acid. Instantaneous inflammation, accompanied by +the production of a large quantity of black smoke, will be the result. + + +75. PROCESS 3.--Take a piece of phosphorus of the size of a pin's +head, and wrap it in a piece of dry brown paper: rub the paper with a +piece of wood, or any hard body, and it will instantly inflame. +_Note._--In handling phosphorus, it is proper to have a piece of paper +or cloth intervene between the stick of phosphorus and the fingers; +and the phosphorus should be kept under water except when wanted for +use. + + +76. TO MAKE SUPER-COMBUSTIBLE MATCHES.--Prepare any number of small +strips or splinters of pine or other light wood, which may be about +two inches in length and one twelfth of an inch in diameter; dip one +end of each in melted sulphur to the depth of one fourth of an inch. +When they are cold, scrape off most of the sulphur, and dip the ends +of them slightly in a paste made of ten parts of chlorate of potass, +five parts of loaf sugar and one part of red lead, mixed and ground +together in alcohol. Afterwards they may be readily ignited or kindled +at any time by application of the smallest quantity of sulphuric acid. +For this purpose, the ends of them may be dipped or rather barely +touched to the acid in a phial, or, which is a better way, a strip of +glass, or even wood may be dipped in the acid and applied to the +match. + + +77. TO MAKE GUN POWDER.--Pulverize separately, five drachms of nitrate +of potass, one of sulphur, and one of newly burnt charcoal. Mix them +together with a little water, so as to make the compound into a dough; +form this dough into rolls of the size of a small wire, which may be +done by rolling small quantities between two boards. Lay a few of +these rolls together, and cut them into very small grains, and place +them on a sheet of paper, in a warm place, to dry. The dough may be +prevented sticking to the board while rolling it, by rubbing on the +board, a little of the dry compound powder. When the grains are +thoroughly dry, they are ready for use or experiment. On the same +principle, gun powder is manufactured on the large scale, but then the +several parts of the operation, are performed by machinery, otherwise +it would be a very expensive commodity. + + +78. TO MAKE THE COMMON FULMINATING POWDERS.--Grind and mix intimately, +three parts of nitrate of potass, with two of sub-carbonate of potass, +and one of sulphur. If half a drachm of this compound be placed on a +shovel, and held over a gentle fire, it will soon explode with a loud +report. It is not, however, attended with any danger. If two grains of +chlorate of potass in powder and one of sulphur be mixed together, and +wrapped in a piece of strong paper, and the paper be then struck with +a hammer, it will also explode with detonation. This experiment may +require some caution. _Note._--The percussion powder, such as is used +for priming the patent percussion rifles, is composed of chlorate of +potass, and flour of sulphur, with a trifling proportion of charcoal +and loaf sugar, being made into a paste or dough with alcohol,--then +grained and dried. + + +79. TO MAKE THE MERCURIAL FULMINATING POWDER.--Dissolve half an ounce +of mercury in three ounces of nitric acid, assisting the solution by a +gentle heat. When the solution is cold, pour it upon an equal quantity +of strong alcohol previously introduced into a flask, and apply a +moderate heat till effervescence is excited. (Do not forget that the +mercurial solution must be poured upon the alcohol, and not the +alcohol upon the solution.) A white fume will soon begin to undulate +on the surface of the liquor, and flow through the neck of the flask, +and a white powder will be gradually precipitated. As soon as any +precipitate ceases to fall, quickly pour the contents of the flask on +a filter; wash the powder with pure water, and cautiously dry it by a +heat not exceeding that of boiling water. The immediate washing the +powder is material, because it is liable to the re-action of the +nitric acid; and while any of that acid adheres to it, it is very +subject to be decomposed by the action of light. This powder, if very +pure and nicely made, explodes by percussion, or a moderate degree of +heat. _Experiment._--Place one-fourth of a grain of this powder, +between the ends of two slips of paste-board, and paste, or bind them +firmly together;--hold the ends of the slips over the flame of a +candle, and as soon as it becomes warm, it will explode with a loud +report. This composition is less dangerous than the fulminating +compounds of gold or silver, as it never explodes spontaneously; but +yet it cannot be handled with too much caution. _Note._--The silver +powder, or fulminating silver, with which torpedoes and waterloo +crackers are charged, is prepared in a similar manner; pure silver +being dissolved instead of mercury, but it is too dangerous to be +trifled with. + + +80. TO KINDLE A FIRE UNDER WATER.--Put into a deep wine-glass, that is +small at the bottom, three or four bits of phosphorus, about the size +of flax seeds, and two or three times the quantity of chlorate of +potass, in grains or crystals, and fill the glass nearly full of +water. Then place the end of a tobacco-pipe stem directly on, or over +the chlorate and phosphorus, and pour nearly a tea-spoon full of +sulphuric acid into the bowl of the pipe, that it may fall directly on +the phosphorus; a violent action will ensue, and the phosphorus will +burn vividly, with a very curious light under the water. + + +81. TO LIGHT A CANDLE BY APPLICATION OF ICE.--Attach to the wick of a +candle, a small piece, or globule of potassium (the metallic base of +potass) of the size of a small shot. Apply an icicle or point of ice +to the metal, and it will instantly inflame. _Note._--This curious +substance, which has the peculiar property of being ignited by coming +in contact with ice or water, has been lately discovered by Sir +Humphrey Davy. It is produced by making pure potass a part of the +circuit of a powerful Voltaic battery. It cannot be preserved but by +being kept immersed in naptha, a kind of oil of which oxygen is not a +constituent. + + +82. TO FORM LETTERS OR FLOWERS OF REAL FLAME.--Provide a tin chest of +about eighteen inches in length, equal in height and one inch in +breadth. Chalk any design, of letters or flowers on the face of this +chest, and pierce each line with rows of small holes, which should be +about half an inch distant from each other.--Make an aperture at the +top, through which pour about a pint of a mixture of rum and spirits +of turpentine. Place two or three lamps under the bottom of the chest +(which must be raised a little from the floor for that purpose) to +warm the spirits, but not so as to cause them to boil. Stop the +aperture at the top and after eight or ten minutes (which time should +be allowed for the vapour to expel the atmospheric air, which +otherwise would cause an explosion) apply the flame of a lamp to the +pierced lines;--in an instant, all the lines will be covered with +flame, which will continue till the spirits are exhausted. + + +83. TO PRODUCE FLAME OF VARIOUS COLOURS.--This may be effected by +mixing certain substances with burning alcohol, or by applying them +with the point of a pen-knife, to the wick of a burning lamp or +candle. Thus a beautiful rose or carmine coloured flame may be +produced by muriate of strontia: this is prepared by dissolving +carbonate of strontia in muriatic acid, and evaporating it to dryness. +The preparation for an orange colour, is muriate of lime; (a solution +of marble in muriatic acid, evaporated to crystallization) which +should be exposed to a moderate heat till it is deprived of its water +of crystallization and falls to powder. A fine green tinge is produced +by acetate of copper, or boracic acid; which last is procured by +adding sulphuric acid to a solution of borate of soda (in hot water) +till it has a sensibly acid taste; as it cools, the boracic acid is +deposited in crystals on the sides of the vessel. Camphor gives to +flame a blue colour; and nitrate of strontia (prepared the same as the +muriate) a purple. A brilliant yellow may also be produced by muriate +of soda. Any of these preparations being reduced to powder, may be +ignited with three or four times their weight of alcohol, which should +be previously warmed; and if the vessel that contains it be kept +heated also, the combustion will be the more brilliant. + + +84. TO MAKE SKY-ROCKETS AND FIRE WHEELS.--Grind and mix together, +(dry) one pound of gun powder, two ounces of sulphur, two ounces of +nitrate of potass, and four ounces of newly burnt charcoal. Then make +several strong paper cases or cartridges, by wrapping some strong +paper (being moistened with paste,) fifteen or twenty times round a +mould made of wood, which may be one inch in diameter, and ten inches +in length. One end of this mould must be made smaller, being only one +fourth of an inch in diameter for the space of an inch of its length. +The paper must be drawn up close round this neck, and strongly bound +with twine, being thus brought to a shape similar to the neck of a +phial. This neck is called the choke of the cartridge. Take the paper +from the mould, and proceed in the same manner with another. When a +sufficient number of cartridges are thus made and dry, place one of +them in a socket which it will fill up closely, and then fill the +cartridge with the above described compound powder, which must be +thrown into the cartridge in small quantities, and each several +quantity must be rammed or beat down very hard, with a suitable sized +rammer and mallet. In filling the cartridge, small quantities of any +of the flame-colouring preparations, described in the preceding +article, may be added occasionally. When the cartridge is nearly full, +some small balls of cotton, dipped in spirits of turpentine, may be +added, to produce the appearance called stars.--These also, may have +some muriate of strontia, or boracic acid strewed on them. Then place +a circular piece of thick paste board on the materials in the +cartridge, having a small hole through it, communicating with the +powder below; lay upon this, half an ounce of fine gun powder, and +fold the paper down upon it from all sides, cementing the folds firmly +with glue, thus giving the end of the cartridge a conical form. Then +bore a hole about two thirds of the length of the cartridge from the +choke with a gimblet or bit. Fill this hole (which must be as large as +the choke, but tapering towards the other end) with fine gun powder, to +the choke, and fill the choke with the compound, the outside of which +may be moistened a little, the better to keep it in its place. Finish +the others in the same manner, and keep them in a warm dry place till +used. They are then to be lashed firmly to the end of a light pine +rod, with the choke towards the opposite end. The length of the rod, +should be about nine times that of the cartridge. The rocket then +being elevated by the rod, and being ignited at the choke, the +compound inside burning intensely, acts upon the air, and causes it to +ascend. The cartridges for fire wheels, are prepared in the same +manner, but are generally smaller; and instead of being lashed to a +rod, they are lashed to the arms of a wheel, in such manner, that a +violent rotary motion is produced by their combustion. + + +85. TO PRODUCE DETONATING BALLOONS.--Moisten and compress a bladder +till no air remains in it, and tie the neck of it upon a perforated +cork; set the cork in a flask containing the materials for producing +hydrogen gas (see 9.) Thus convey into the bladder a quantity of the +gas, and then remove the cork to another flask, containing two or +three ounces of black oxide of manganese, moistened with sulphuric +acid, sufficient to form with it a soft paste; apply the heat of a +lamp, and oxygen gas will be evolved, and will also rise through the +neck of the flask; in this manner, convey into the bladder, nearly +half as much oxygen gas, as it previously contained of hydrogen. Then +tie the stem of a tobacco-pipe in the neck of the bladder, and dip the +bowl of the pipe in a solution of soap in water, (soap-suds) and +compress the bladder a little, so as to swell a bubble from the bowl +of the pipe;--shake off the bubble, which being lighter than +atmospheric air will naturally rise, or float horizontally in the air. +If the flame of a candle be brought in contact with one of these +balloons, or floating bubbles, it will explode with a violent +detonation, resembling the report of a pistol. If this compound gas be +forced into the water, so as to form several bubbles on the surface, +and flame be then applied to them, a volley of explosions will be the +result. Caution is requisite in these experiments, that the fire be +not communicated to the bladder, as such an explosion might not be +safe. + + +86. TO PREPARE A PHIAL THAT WILL GIVE LIGHT IN THE DARK.--Fill a small +phial about one third full of olive oil; add to this a piece of +phosphorus equal to one tenth of the weight of the oil. Cork the phial +and wrap it in paper to exclude the light, and set it, or suspend it +in a warm place, but where the heat may not be equal to that of +boiling water, till the phosphorus appears to be dissolved. This phial +may be carried in the pocket, and whenever the cork is started in the +night, the phial will evolve light enough to show the hour on a watch. + + +87. TO MAKE A PERSON'S FACE APPEAR LUMINOUS IN THE DARK.--Prepare some +phosphorized oil, (as directed 27,) and rub it over the face. This +oil, though it appears luminous in the dark has not power to burn any +thing, so that it may be rubbed on the face or hands without danger; +and the appearance thereby produced, is most hideously frightful. All +the parts of the face that have been rubbed, appear to be covered with +a luminous bluish flame, and the mouth and eyes appear as black +spots.--The luminous appearance may also be repeatedly heightened, by +the friction of a handkerchief, being rubbed over the luminous part. + + +88. TO FREEZE WATER IN WARM WEATHER.--Draw a thread through a small +glass tube; close one end and then fill the tube with water. Mix +together equal parts of nitrate of ammonia and water, and immerse the +tube in this mixture. The water in the tube will be frozen +immediately, and may be drawn out by the thread. The same effect may +be produced by a mixture of one part muriate of ammonia, one part +nitrate of potass, and three parts of water. For these experiments, +the above mentioned salts should be fresh, dry and finely pulverized +previous to mixing; the mixture should be made in a tin vessel that is +coated inside with bees-wax, and has a flannel wrapper round the +outside, and the tube should be immersed quickly, as soon as the +ingredients are mixed. To produce a greater, or intense degree of +cold, a small vessel of water is first set in one of those freezing +mixtures till it becomes very cold, and then the due proportion of the +salts are added to that, and the tube, &c. immersed in it. The water +in the tube may also be frozen, by continually bathing the outside of +it with sulphuric ether: the evaporation of the ether, carries off the +caloric of fluidity, and the water congeals. + + +89. TO CHANGE THE COLOURS OF ANIMALS.--Any black, or dark coloured +spots on some animals, especially horses, may be effectually changed +to white, by means of any substance that will chafe or blister the +skin; thus a white spot of any shape may be produced on a black horse, +by shaving off the hair from the part that is to be thus marked, and +applying a plaster of spanish flies, or of quick lime moistened with +vinegar; this plaster must be cut to the size and form required for +the mark, and must be kept bound on, till the skin is blistered, or +nearly so. The next coat of hair will infallibly be white. White spots +can be changed to black or brown, only by means of oils or grease. +Bacon fat has been recommended for this purpose, but if the oil or fat +of a bear can be procured, it will prove more efficacious, as this fat +is well known to have a remarkable tendency to darken the colour of +animals and even complexions. But either of these, and in fact, many +other kinds, will answer this purpose if properly applied, and +frequently repeated. + + +90. TO GIVE LEATHER A BEAUTIFUL METALLIC LUSTRE.--Levigate one ounce +of soft lead-coloured plumbago, and an equal quantity (in bulk) of +lamp-black, in a gill of alcohol; then add half an ounce of loaf +sugar, moistened with water and grind all together. The leather must +first be brushed over smoothly with this composition, and when dry, it +must be brushed hard and quickly with a dry smooth brush; or may be +rubbed with a piece of woollen cloth. This blacking will be found +useful for some ornamental purposes, but may be rather too brilliant +for boots and shoes. This composition, however, may be mixed +occasionally with other kinds of blacking, and will tend to increase +their brightness. + + +91. AN EASY METHOD OF EXTRACTING THE ESSENCE OF ROSES.--Take the +leaves of roses, and pound or bruise them: then stratify them with an +equal weight of muriate of soda, in a glazed earthern vessel:--when +thus filled to the top, cover it well, and set it in the cellar, and +let it remain at rest a month or more. Afterwards, strain off the +essence therefrom, through a strong cloth by pressure. The essence +thus procured, is quite equal if not superior for culinary purposes, +to that which is procured by distillation. + + +92. TO PREPARE VARIOUS KINDS OF ESSENCES.--The manner of extracting +the essential oils, being attended with considerable expense of +preparations, of stills, &c. a particular description of the process, +would not, it is presumed, be sufficiently interesting to warrant its +insertion. But the manner of reducing the oils to the state in which +they are more generally sold, and is distinguished by the term +"essences" is as follows. To half a pint of alcohol, add one ounce of +any of the essential oils, (lemon, cinnamon, foxberry, peppermint, +&c.) and shake them together; set the mixture in a warm place for a +few minutes, and if then any opaque or milky appearance remains, a +little more alcohol must be added. When this has become clear, it may +be diluted occasionally with new rum. The essences of foxberry and +cinnamon are coloured with a few drops of tincture of red saunders; +and the essence of lemon, with tincture of turmeric. + + +93. TO PREPARE SODA WATER.--Only two articles are requisite for this +preparation; one of which is super-carbonate of soda, or of potass +(sal eratus,) and the other is citric or tartaric acid. The +super-carbonates are formed by passing a stream of carbonic acid gas +(which is produced by adding muriatic acid to pulverized marble) +through a solution of soda or potass in water;--then evaporating till +it crystallizes. Citric acid is prepared from the juice of lemons; and +tartaric acid (which is more generally employed) is procured from +super-tartrate of potass. But these being common articles of commerce, +a more minute description of the process of preparing them, may not, +in this place, be expedient. The compound called soda powders, +consists of about ten grains of either of the super-carbonates, with +an equal quantity of either of the acids, in each paper; this compound +being dissolved in a glass of water, produces violent effervescence, +and if drank off at the time, gives the water a smart and agreeable +acid taste. The salt and acid, if mixed in powder, must be kept +perfectly dry; otherwise, they would act on each other, and soon be +spoiled. On this account, they are frequently prepared in separate +papers, and sold by sets. Soda water is similarly prepared on the +larger scale; the salts and acid being put into a cask of water, which +is so confined, that the carbonic acid can have no other vent than by +forcing out the water through a pipe fixed for the purpose with a +tube, &c. + + +94. TO PRODUCE METALLIC TREES. _Process 1._--Mix one part of a +saturated solution of nitrate of silver, with twenty parts of pure +water, and pour the mixture upon two parts of mercury in a phial. +After some time (the mercury being left standing quietly,) the +branches and the figure of a tree, formed of brilliant silver, will +appear to grow from the mercury in a very beautiful manner. The silver +in solution being thus robbed of its oxygen by the metallic mercury, +and consequently precipitated. + +95. _Process 2._--Dissolve two drachms of acetate of lead, in six +ounces of water; filter the solution, and pour it into a clean wide +phial. Then suspend a granule of zinc, by a thread or wire fastened to +the cork of the phial, in the middle of the solution, and place the +phial where it will not be disturbed. After a few hours the lead, +being de-oxydized by the zinc, will be precipitated on the zinc, in +the shape of leaves, which will have a very brilliant appearance. + + +96. TO TIN COPPER BY BOILING.--Boil half a pound of granulated tin, +and six ounces of super tartrate of potass in three pints of water; +when they have boiled half an hour, put in any piece of copper ware, +and continue the boiling fifteen minutes longer. The copper may then +be taken out, and will have been handsomely coated with tin. + + +97. A METAL THAT WILL MELT IN HOT WATER.--Melt together eight parts of +bismuth, five of lead and three of tin. This alloy, though hard and +brilliant, when cold, is so easily fusible that it may be melted on a +paper, being held over the flame of a candle. Tea spoons may be made +of this compound metal, which may be melted by putting them in a cup +of hot tea. + + +98. ILLUSTRATION OF CALICO PRINTING.--It frequently occurs, that +substances of different colours, or even without colour, by coming in +contact, produce colours very different from that of either of the +ingredients when separate; thus, if a sheet of paper be striped in one +direction with a hair pencil dipped in a solution of sub-carbonate of +potass; and then crossed with a solution of sulphuric acid, diluted +with five times as much water, it will be colourless; but dip it in a +mixture of a weak solution of sulphate of iron, and infusion of nut +galls, and it will instantly become a beautiful plaid; the ground +being purple, striped one way with black and crossed with white. If a +similar paper be striped with sub-carbonate of potass, and crossed +with infusion of galls, and afterward dipped in a solution of sulphate +of iron, it will become purple, yellow, black and white. Dip a piece +of white calico in a cold solution of sulphate of iron and let it dry. +Then imprint any figures upon it with a strong solution of colourless +citric acid, and let this dry also. If the piece be then well washed +in warm water, and afterwards boiled in a decoction of log-wood, the +ground will be dyed either a slate or a black colour, according to the +strength of the metallic solution, while the printed figures will +remain beautifully white. Stain some parts of a sheet of paper a +purple brown, with a mixture of infusion of galls and sulphate of +iron; stain other parts green with a mixture of tinctures of turmeric +and litmus; stain other parts purple with juice of red cabbage; other +parts red with tincture of litmus and muriatic acid; other parts +yellow with tincture of turmeric; wash the remainder of the sheet with +a solution of sulphate of iron, which will remain white. Then print, +or draw with a camel-hair pencil, any figure or figures on every part +of the paper, with a solution of sub-carbonate of potass. On the +purple brown, the figure will be black; on the green it will be +purple; on the purple it will be green; on the red it will be blue; on +the yellow, red; and on the white, it will take a yellow colour. Thus +the figure will appear in colors different from the ground in every +part. Immerse a piece of white cotton in a solution of sulphate of +iron--it will remain white; dip another piece in tincture of turmeric, +it will take a yellow; wet another piece with juice of red cabbage, +containing also, a few drops of muriatic acid,--it will be red; dye +another piece green, by immersing it in a mixture of tincture of +turmeric and litmus; and another, purple by a mixture of infusion of +galls and sulphate of iron. Let them dry; then immerse them all +together in a solution of sub-carbonate of potass. The white will be +changed to a yellow; the yellow to a red; the red to green; the green +to purple; and the purple to black; and it is not improbable that some +black might be materially changed or bleached by the same simple +solution. + + +99. TO PREPARE AN IMITATION OF GOLD BRONZE.--Melt two ounces of tin, +and mix with it one ounce of mercury; when this is cold pulverize it +and add one ounce of muriate of ammonia, and one ounce of sulphur, and +grind them all together. Put the compound in a flask and heat it in a +clear fire (carefully avoiding the fumes) till the mercury sublimes, +and rises in vapour. When the vapour ceases to rise, take the glass +from the fire. A flaky gold colored powder will remain in the flask, +which may be applied to ornamental work in the manner of gold bronze, +of which it is a tolerable imitation. + + +100. TO PROCURE THE EXHILARATING GAS.--Put a quantity of nitrate of +ammonia into a flask, and apply the heat of a lamp, which must be +gentle, and well regulated. The salt will in a short time liquify, and +must then be kept quietly simmering, avoiding violent ebullition. The +gas will be evolved, and rise through the neck of the flask, and may +be collected in a bladder containing a small quantity of water, and +should be allowed to stand a few hours, and shifted into another +bladder, or silk varnished bag before it is used. Though this gas is +not fitted to support life, yet it may be respired for a short time, +and the effects produced by it upon the animal frame, are its most +extraordinary properties. The effects of this gas, are in general, +highly pleasurable, and resemble those attendant on the agreeable +period of intoxication. Exquisite sensations of pleasure; an +irresistible propensity to laughter; a rapid flow of vivid ideas; a +strong incitement to muscular motion, are the ordinary feelings +produced by it. And what is exceedingly remarkable, is, that the +intoxication thus produced, instead of being succeeded by the debility +subsequent to intoxication by ardent spirits, does, on the contrary, +generally render the person who takes it, cheerful and high spirited +for the remainder of the day. + + +101. CONSTRUCTION OF A GALVANIC PILE OR BATTERY.--Procure fifty or +more thin plates of copper, and the same number of plates of zinc, all +of which may be about the size of a dollar, but not so thick. The +copper and zinc plates, may be either cast in moulds, or may be cut +out of rolled plates of the metals. In addition to the plates of +copper and zinc, it is necessary to be provided with an equal number +of pieces of woollen cloth, rather smaller than the metallick plates +in size. Let these be soaked in a solution of muriate of soda, till +they have thoroughly imbibed it; then take them out of the solution, +and squeeze them gently, to force out the superabundant water. Then, +having provided a circular piece of wood, rather larger than the +plates, cover it with tin foil, and on this lay a plate of zinc, upon +that a plate of copper, and then a piece of moistened cloth; next a +plate of zinc, &c. Continue this arrangement of zinc, copper and +cloth, till all the pieces that have been provided are laid on. As the +pile began with zinc, it must be concluded with copper. This pile may +be braced occasionally with strips of glass to prevent its being +overthrown, Fix the end of a piece of metallic wire, in contact with +the base, and lay the end of another piece upon the top of the pile; +if thus, the opposite ends of the wire be brought in contact with each +other, or if they are connected by any conducting body, so as to form +a circuit of conductors, the pile will afford a constant and powerful +current of the galvanic fluid through them for many hours. If the +hands be moistened, and one of them applied to each of the wires, a +shock will be received. Gold and other metals have been melted, and +even burnt; and potass, soda and lime have been reduced to their +respective metallic states, by being made to form part of a galvanic +circuit. When the pile is not in use, it should be taken down, which +will preserve it from wear, and the plates will require to be cleansed +occasionally, which may be easily done by diluted muriatic acid. + + +102. CONSTRUCTION OF THE OXY-HYDROGEN BLOW-PIPE.--This useful +instrument consists of a cubical vessel, made of tin plate, being from +ten to twenty inches in length, breadth and height. The inside is +divided into four equal apartments, by two partitions, crossing each +other in the centre. The two front apartments are covered at the top, +and each of them have a tube fixed in the front side, near the top, +with a stopcock. The other apartments are open at the top, and +communicate with those in front, by a small aperture near the bottom +of each. These apartments being all filled with water, those in front +are filled, the one with oxygen, and the other with hydrogen gas, +which is done by forcing the gases into them through the tubes in +front, which causes the water to recede through the aperture at the +bottom, and consequently, part of the water is forced over the top of +the other apartments; or rather, may run off through small tubes, +fixed for the purpose, near the top, similar to those in front. When +the front apartments are filled with the gases, (which may be known by +the bubbling in the others) the tubes are stopped, and two leaden +pipes are fixed in them, the opposite ends of which, are so placed, +that the two streams of gas, when expelled from the gas holders, may +come in contact very near the ends of the pipes. When the tubes are +open, the pressure of the water will expel the gases, and will +consequently settle, and must be replenished, so as to keep the +apartments nearly full. When the two streams of gas are ignited at the +point of contact, a flame is produced of sufficient intensity to burn +gold, silver, copper or tin, with a very brilliant combustion. + + +103. TO MAKE A DRY PHOSPHORESCENT POWDER.--Take some thick oyster +shells, wash them, and calcine by keeping them red hot in an open fire +for half an hour: then, select the clearest and whitest parts, and +reduce them to powder. Mix three parts of this powder, with one of the +flour of sulphur; fill a crucible with this compound, pressing or +beating it down as hard and solid as may be, without breaking the +crucible. Set the crucible in the fire, and heat it moderately at +first, but increase the heat gradually for an hour, in which time it +must approach nearly to a white heat. Then let it cool, and again +select from the mass, the whitest and purest parts, which must be +preserved in a phial with a glass stopper. This powder has the +peculiar property of imbibing the rays of the sun in the day time, and +emitting them again in the night; or if the phial containing it, be +exposed for a few minutes to the direct rays of the sun and then +carried into a dark room, light enough will be evolved to render it +distinctly visible. + + +104. CURIOUS EXPERIMENT OF PRECIPITATION.--Set five glasses on the +table, and nearly fill one of them with a solution of sulphate of +iron; and another with a solution of sulphate of copper; a third with +a solution of nitrate of bismuth; pour into the fourth, a solution of +nitro-muriate of cobalt, and into the fifth a solution of acetate of +lead, or sulphate of zinc. These liquid solutions may all be diluted +so as to be colourless. Then pour into each glass, a few drops of a +colourless solution of prussiate of potass. The contents of the first +glass will be instantly changed to a full blue colour; those of the +second to a reddish brown; those of the third, to a yellow; the fourth +to a green, and the fifth to a white. Thus five distinct colours will +be given, by the addition of one colourless solution. + + +105. TO MAKE A BEAUTIFUL SOFT GLASS FOR JEWELRY.--Take six ounces of +clean fine white sand, three ounces of red lead, three ounces of pure +sub-carbonate of potass, one ounce of nitrate of potass, half an ounce +of borate of soda, and two drachms of arsenic; mix and pound them all +together. Put the compound in a crucible, and set it in a common fire, +often stirring it with an iron rod, till it is well melted, and +becomes transparent. This compound will liquify very easily without +any great heat, if the sand is fine, (which sometimes requires to be +ground or pounded in a glass or flint mortar,) and if it be kept +melted awhile, will become beautifully transparent, and may be cast or +blown in the manner of other glass. This glass may be changed to a red +or ruby colour, by adding and fusing together with it, a small +quantity of finely powdered precipitate of gold, (gold precipitated +from solution in nitro-muriatic acid by the addition of tin.) It may +be also changed to blue by the addition of zaffre, (an ore of cobalt,) +and magnesia: a green colour may be given by a precipitate of copper; +and yellow by calcined iron, and white by calcined bones. This subject +is treated of largely in the _Handmaid of the Arts_, to which, for +further information on the subject, the reader is referred. + + +106. COMPOSITION OF VARIOUS KINDS OF GLASS.--The best flint glass is +composed of 129 lbs. of white sand, 50 lbs. of red lead, 40 lbs. of +sub-carbonate of potass, 20 lbs. of nitrate of potass, and 5 oz. of +magnesia. The best crown glass is composed of 60 lbs. of white sand, +30 lbs. of sub-carbonate of potass, 15 lbs. of nitrate of potass, 1 +lb. of borate of soda and 1/2 lb. of arsenic. The composition of +common green window glass, is 120 lbs. of white sand, 30 lbs. of +sub-carbonate of potass, 60 lbs. of wood ashes, 20 lbs. of muriate of +soda and 5 lbs. of arsenic. The composition for looking glass plates, +is 60 lbs. of clean white sand, 25 lbs. of purified sub-carbonate of +potass, 15 lbs. of nitrate of potass, and 7 lbs. of borate of soda. +Common green bottle glass is made from 200 lbs. of wood ashes, and 100 +lbs. of sand. The materials for making glass, is first reduced to +powder; then mixed and exposed to a strong heat, in suitable pots and +furnaces, till the whole mass liquifies and becomes thoroughly +commixed and transparent. + + +107. COMPOSITION OF VARIOUS ALLOYS.--Brass is composed of two parts of +copper to one of zinc; or copper and calamine, (an ore of zinc,) equal +quantities. Pinchbeck consists of from five to ten parts copper, and +one of zinc. Bell metal is composed of three parts copper and one of +tin. Gun metal, nine parts copper and one of tin. Tombac, sixteen +parts copper, one part zinc and one of tin. The composition of pewter +is seven pounds of tin, one of lead, four ounces of copper and two of +zinc. That of type-metal is nine parts lead, two parts antimony and +one of bismuth. Solder, two parts of lead with one of tin. Queen's +metal, nine parts of tin, one of bismuth, one of antimony and one of +lead. Jewel gold is composed of twenty-five parts gold, four parts +silver, and seven parts fine copper. In forming metallic compounds or +alloys, it is proper to melt such of the ingredients as are the least +fusible first, and afterwards add the others, stirring them briskly +till they are thoroughly commixed. + + +108. TO PRODUCE VARIOUS KINDS OF GAS.--To three or four ounces of +pulverized chalk or marble, moistened in a flask, with an equal +quantity of water, add one ounce of sulphuric acid;--carbonic acid gas +will be evolved in abundance, and will rise through the neck of the +flask, and may be conducted by pipes, to any proper receiver. Instead +of the marble or chalk, substitute granulated zinc;--in this case +hydrogen gas will be evolved; but this may require a larger proportion +of water. Pour sulphuric acid upon a similar quantity of dry muriate +of soda;--muriatic acid gas will be rapidly evolved. Proceed in the +same manner with a similar quantity of black oxide of manganese,--apply +the heat of a lamp, and oxygen gas will be produced. Put into the +flask, two or three ounces of lean beef, cut into small pieces; pour +over them one ounce of nitric acid diluted with three ounces of water; +apply the heat of a lamp, and nitrogen gas will be liberated. Powder +separately, equal quantities of muriate of ammonia and newly burnt +lime; put them together into a flask and apply gentle heat; ammoniacal +gas will be evolved. Pour an ounce of nitric acid, diluted with five +times its weight of water, upon one ounce of shreds or turnings of +copper; nitrous gas will be rapidly evolved. Grind three parts of +muriate of soda with two parts of black oxide of manganese; introduce +this mixture into the flask, and add two parts of sulphuric acid, +diluted with an equal quantity of water; apply a gentle heat and +chlorine gas will be evolved. _Note._--When either of the last +mentioned gases are produced, great caution is requisite that they +do not escape into the room, in any considerable quantity, as their +action on the lungs is exceedingly injurious. + + +109. VARIOUS CHEMICAL TESTS.--When water is suspected to hold any +foreign substance in solution, various means may be used to detect and +ascertain the quality of the substances combined; thus, acids may be +detected by immersing in the water, a slip of litmus colored paper, +which, if acid be present, will be changed to red. In the same manner, +alkalies may be detected by a strip of turmeric yellow paper, which +will be also changed to red by alkalies. These tests are sensible to +the presence of an acid or alkali in the proportion of one to ten +thousand. Iron may be detected by a drop of infusion of galls, which +will give to the water (if iron be present) a brown tinge. A drop of +sulphuric acid, precipitates barites in the form of a white powder. +Clear transparent lime-water (water in which lime has been slaked and +then suffered to settle) will indicate the presence of carbonic acid +by a milky whiteness. On the same principle, a solution of +super-carbonate of potass will detect lime. A few drops of nitrate of +silver will instantly discover muriatic acid, by a white flaky +precipitate. Muriatic acid, consequently, is a good test for silver. +Acetate of lead, in solution, is a test for sulphureted hydrogen, +which occasions a precipitate of a black colour. Nitrate of mercury is +an excellent test for ammonia, one part of which, with 30,000 parts of +water is indicated by a blackish yellow tinge on adding the test. +Liquid ammonia is a very sensible test for copper, with which it +strikes a fine blue colour. Nitro-muriate of gold will discover the +presence of tin, by a beautiful purple precipitate. Nitro-muriate of +tin is, on the same principle, an excellent test for gold. + + +110. TO PRODUCE A PICTURE INSTANTLY, IN A VARIETY OF COLOURS.--Paint +any picture on paper in the usual way, only instead of colours, use +the following substitutes: for green, use a solution of nitro-muriate +of cobalt, for blue, a solution of sulphate of iron--for yellow, a +solution of nitrate of bismuth--and for a brown, a solution of +sulphate of copper. Any of these solutions may be more or less +diluted, as the respective parts of the picture are to be light or +dark, but none of them must be strong enough to colour the paper. This +pictture is invisible: but when it is required to appear, the paper +may be tacked up on the wall, and having a glass of the transparent +solution of prussiate of potass (which by sight cannot be +distinguished from clear water) dashed suddenly upon it, the picture +will instantly appear in its full colours. A similar effect may be +produced, by drawing the picture with infusion of galls, and +sub-carbonate of potass; this is revived by a solution of sulphate of +iron, and appears in a yellow and a brown colour. + + +111. A CHEAP IMITATION OF SILVER BRONZE.--Put into a crucible, an +ounce of pure tin, and set it on a fire to melt; when it begins to +melt, add to it an equal quantity of bismuth, and stir the mixture +with an iron rod till the whole is entirely melted and incorporated. +Take the crucible then from the fire, and after the melted composition +has become a little cooler, but while it is yet in a fluid state, pour +into it gradually, an ounce of mercury, stirring it at the same time, +that the mercury may be thoroughly conjoined with the other +ingredients. When the whole is thus commixed, pour the mass out of the +crucible on a stone, where, as it cools, it will take the form of an +amalgam, or metallic paste; which will be easily bruised into a flaky +powder, and may then be applied to sized figures in the manner of gold +or silver bronze, or may be tempered with gum-water, and applied to +the work with a brush or camel-hair pencil; and if properly secured +with varnish or laquers will be even more durable than either silver +leaf or silver bronze. + + +112. TO MAKE CRAYONS OF VARIOUS COLOURS.--Crayons or pastils consist +of various coloured pigments or paints, formed into sticks or rolls +for the purpose of drawing and shading with them in the manner of lead +pencils. But that they may be of uniform texture or hardness, +different ingredients and materials require some variation in the +management. To make white crayons, nothing more is requisite than to +mix superfine or refined whiting with alcohol, to the consistence of +soft putty; form it into rolls of a convenient length and size and let +them dry: or the whiting may be mixed with water and a sufficient +quantity of burnt or calcined sulphate of lime to give the crayons a +sufficient degree of hardness when dry. A great variety of elegant +light colours may be formed by adding to the whiting prepared as +above, small quantities of any of the coloured pigments. The most +proper colors for crayons are lamp-black, prussian blue, burnt umber, +burnt terra-de-sienna, red ochre, vermilion, lake, rose-pink, chrome +yellow, yellow ochre and mineral green. Many other handsome greens are +formed by mixing chrome yellow with prussian blue, varying the +proportions; and purples are produced by mixing rose pink or lake with +blue. Prussian blue and lake being each naturally of a binding nature, +require only to be ground in water; but red ochre and vermilion should +be ground in alcohol, or may have some quantity of the sulphate of +lime mixed with them. Any of these colours may be mixed in any +proportion with whiting or with each other, each compound having a +sufficient proportion of the sulphate of lime, to give it a proper +degree of hardness and strength when dry. The proper length for +crayons is from two to three inches, and the size about the same as +that of a tobacco-pipe stem. It is customary in making crayons, to +have at hand a large piece of chalk with a plane surface, on which to +lay the crayons as soon as they are rolled; the chalk absorbs a part +of the moisture, which makes them dry the sooner and without cracking. + + +113. TO MAKE HARD SEALING WAX, OF VARIOUS COLOURS.--Take of +gum-shellac and rosin each two ounces; and of gum-mastic one ounce; +reduce them to powder and mix and melt them together over a gentle +fire. Then if a red colour is required, add to the mixture one ounce +of fine vermilion; for a black colour, add half an ounce of a mixture +of lamp black with rum; for a blue, half an ounce of white lead with +one fourth of an ounce of prussian blue; which should be previously +ground together dry. To give a green colour, add finely ground +verdegris; a yellow is produced by chrome yellow or gamboge; and +white, by adding pure white lead to the mixture. When the desired +colour is formed by the mixture and incorporation of any of the above +mentioned colouring ingredients, take out a part of the mixture, +sufficient to form a stick or roll of the usual size, and roll it +between two smooth metallic plates, which should also be previously +warmed to prevent the wax from becoming too hard. When the stick is +reduced to a proper size, flatten it a little and let it cool. Proceed +in the same manner with the rest of the composition; afterward hold +each stick severally over a fire of charcoal, turning it quickly till +the surface of the wax is completely melted, by which means the sticks +will have acquired a very smooth and shining polish at the surface, +which they will retain when cold again. If a softer wax is required, a +small quantity of bees-wax and of linseed oil may be added to the +above composition, or may be substituted in the place of the +gum-mastic. + + +114. THE ART OF MANUFACTURING PAPER HANGINGS.--This business, which +has been usually, though improperly termed paper staining, consists +principally in stamping or painting various figures in water colours +on paper. The paper for this purpose is formed into long strips or +rolls, by pasting the edges of several sheets together. The edges of +the sheets should not lap on each other more than half an inch, and +the usual length of a roll is about nine yards. These rolls are first +painted plain with a large brush; the paint is composed of refined +whiting with some colouring ingredient, being ground in water and +tempered with a sufficient quantity of glue to prevent it from rubbing +off; when a new design or figure is to be introduced, several colours +are prepared, i.e. as many as are required in such design, and with +these the design is painted on a sheet of paper. The paper is then +laid on a smooth birch or maple board, and such parts of the paper as +contain the colour that was last applied in the drawing (which is +usually the white) are completely cut out, with a sharp pen-knife, and +the parts thus cut out, are pasted down upon the board, immediately, +in the places and positions they occupied in the design. The sheet is +then removed to another board, and another colour is cut out in the +same manner; thus the several colours are distributed in their proper +arrangements on as many different boards. Each board is then cut away +with chisels and gouges, to the depth of a fourth, or an eighth of an +inch, in every part except where the pieces of paper are fixed. These +boards or prints are supported by other thin pieces, which are fixed +firmly on the backs of them by screws, in such manner that the grain +of one, crosses that of the other, and thus prevents their warping. +They have also cleats or pins attached to them which serve as handles. +A trough is provided, a little larger than the prints, of one inch in +depth, and having a smooth bottom, on which is laid three or four +pieces of fine flannel or cassimere, each of which is at least as +large as the prints. Then some of the colour with which the first part +of the design was painted, is spread upon the cloth with a brush; and +upon this, the print containing the corresponding parts of the figure, +is pressed, (the pieces of paper having been previously scraped off;) +the print being thus charged with the colour, is placed upon one end +of a roll of the prepared paper, which is laid on a table for that +purpose, and is pressed down hard by a lever or screw. It is then +returned to the trough, and again charged with the colour, and again +impressed on the paper at a proper distance above the other +impression. In this manner several rolls are printed with one colour. +Then the next colour in the design is applied to the paper in the same +manner by another print;--a third colour by a third print and so on +till the paper is completely printed with every colour in the design, +each in its proper place. These prints should be washed and kept dry +for future use. A variety of figures may be produced with the same +print, by varying the colours. + + +115. TO MAKE ELASTIC BLACKING FOR LEATHER.--Dilute one ounce of +gum-asphaltum with a pint of spirits of turpentine, in the manner +described at 51;--put this into a flask, and add one ounce of +gum-elastic cut into very small pieces, and half an ounce of +gum-shellac previously reduced to powder. Suspend the flask unstopped +over a fire of charcoal, or set it in a sand bath where it may boil +gently till the quantity is reduced to a gill; then strain it through +a flannel, and when nearly cold, bottle and cork it. The leather +should be thoroughly blackened with some liquid blacking and waxed +over slightly with bees-wax before the elastic blacking is applied. If +the blacking should be too thick, it may again be diluted with spirits +of turpentine. It should be warmed when applied, and the work may +require several coats, and a considerable time for each to dry. Any of +the above mentioned gums may also be dissolved in sulphuric ether, and +thus produce a fine drying varnish, but the preparation is much more +difficult as the volatile nature of the ether will not admit of much +heat, whereby to facilitate the solution. + + +116. SUNDRY EXPERIMENTS.--Rub together a little dry powdered alum, and +acetate of lead; both will become fluid. To a saturated solution of +muriate of lime, add a saturated solution of sub-carbonate of potass, +(both transparent liquids,) the mixture will be nearly solid. Rub +together a little pure white calomel (sublimed mercury) and pure white +ammonia (being moistened;) both will become intensely black. Fill a +flask nearly half full of water, and apply heat till it boils; take it +from the fire and (when it has done boiling) cork it; pour cold water +upon the flask, and the water inside will re-commence boiling. Fill a +glass with water, and lay a piece of paper upon the top of it; place +your hand upon the paper, and invert the glass; the hand may be +removed and the glass may be suspended in that position by a thread, +and the water will not be spilled. Expose a piece of ice to the action +of (cold) muriatic gas; the ice will be instantly melted. Drop a piece +of phosphuret of lime, into a glass of water; bubbles will soon rise, +and on reaching the surface of the water will spontaneously explode. +Apply the end of a roll of brimstone to a hot bar of iron; a part of +the iron will be instantly melted, and will fall. Write with diluted +sulphuric acid, on paper that has been coloured brown by a mixture of +sulphate of iron, and infusion of galls; the writing will be white. +Moisten the under lip, and lay upon it a piece of silver money, (not +less than a twenty cent piece) with the edge of it beneath the tongue; +lay a piece of zinc, of nearly an equal size, upon the tongue, and +bring the edges of the pieces of metal into contact; you will +instantly drop the money. + + + + +_Appendix._ + + +A catalogue of the various articles mentioned in the preceding pages, +with the prices, explanations, &c. + +--> The articles which have this mark * prefixed may be procured at +135, Washington-street, Boston. + + ACETATE OF COBALT, produced by digesting the oxide of + cobalt in strong vinegar, _Cts._ + + * ACETATE OF LEAD, (sugar of lead) procured by + dissolving white lead in vinegar, and evaporating, _oz._ 6 + + * ACETIC ACID, vinegar concentrated by distillation, _pt._ 25 + + * ALCOHOL, rectified spirit of wine, _pt._ 25 + + * ALUM, sulphate of alumine and potass, _oz._ 3 + + * AMMONIA, (hartshorn) a volatile alkali, _oz._ 12 + + * ANTIMONY, a dark porous metal, _oz._ 6 + + * BEES WAX, a yellowish resinous substance procured + from honey, or honey combs, _oz._ 6 + + * BISMUTH, (tin glass) a reddish white metal, _oz._ 12 + + * BORACIC ACID, procured by adding sulphuric acid to + a hot solution of borax; the acid crystallizes, _oz._ 100 + + * BRAZIL-WOOD, (red-wood,) _lb._ 6 + + * BORATE OF SODA, OR SUB-BORATE OF SODA, (borax) is + brought from the East-Indies in an impure state + called tincal, _oz._ 6 + + BURNISH GOLD-SIZE, and BURNISHERS, may be had of Bittle + and Cooper, Pemberton's-hill, Boston, prices various, + + * CAMPHOR, obtained from a species of laurel tree, _oz._ 12 + + * CARBONATE OF COPPER, (French green) produced by + adding a solution of super-carbonate of soda, to + a hot solution of sulphate of copper, _lb._ 50 + + * CARBONATE OF LEAD, (white lead) is formed by + exposing thin sheets of lead to the vapour of + vinegar, after which they abstract the carbonic + acid from the atmosphere, _lb._ 16 + + * CARBONATE OF STRONTIA, a native mineral, _oz._ 50 + + CARBONATE OF LIME, (marble, chalk) a native earth, + + * CHLORATE OF POTASS, procured by passing a current + of chlorine gas through a solution of pearl-ash, _oz._ 100 + + * CHROME YELLOW, a pigment, is formed by the combination + of a metallic substance with the chromic acid, _oz._ 12 + + * COBALT, (Zaffre) a metal of a reddish grey colour; + when exposed to a gentle heat, it becomes oxidized and + takes the form of a black powder, _oz._ 50 + + * CITRIC ACID, procured from lemons, limes, &c., _oz._ 75 + + * CALOMEL, white sublimate of mercury, _oz._ 20 + + * DRAGON'S BLOOD, a red mucilage extracted from + a plant, _oz._ 10 + + * FLUATE OF LIME, (fluor spar) is found in abundance in + Derbyshire, England, its acid constituent has the peculiar + property of dissolving glass, _lb._ 50 + + * FRANKFORT BLACK, which takes its name from Frankfort, in + Germany, is manufactured from the lees of wine, _oz._ 12 + + * GAMBOGE, a yellow opaque gum, or mucilage, _oz._ 16 + + * GLUE, (gelatine) a jelly procured from skins of + animals, _lb._ 25 + + * GOLD BRONZE, gold in fine powder, _pwt._ 75 + + * GOLD LEAF, thin laminas of gold, _book_ 45 + + * GUM-ARABIC, a mucilaginous substance that exudes from + certain trees in Arabia, _oz._ 6 + + * GUM-ASPHALTUM, a bitumen, or mineral pitch, _oz._ 8 + + * GUM-COPAL, a hard transparent resin, _lb._ 40 + + * GUM-ELASTIC, (indian rubber, caoutchouc) exudes + from trees in the West-Indies, _oz._ 8 + + * GUM-SANDARAC, a resin, similar to rosin but much + harder, _lb._ 100 + + * GUM-SHELLAC, a compound, resinous substance, procured + from the nests, or cells of an insect, _oz._ 6 + + * GUM-MASTIC, a hard, transparent resin, _lb._ 100 + + * ISING-GLASS, a kind of transparent glue procured + from various kinds of fish, _oz._ 25 + + * LAKE, (drop lake) a rose coloured pigment, prepared + from brazil wood, _oz._ 200 + + * LEAD, a brown heavy metal, _lb._ 12 + + LIME, an oxide of calcium, is procured by calcining + lime stone, marble or chalk, + + * LINSEED OIL, is expressed from ground flaxseed, _pt._ 15 + + * LITHARGE, (gold litharge) an oxide of lead, _oz._ 4 + + * LITMUS, a blue colouring vegetable, _oz._ 10 + + * MERCURY, (quick silver) a metal that remains fluid + in the common temperature of the atmosphere, _oz._ 8 + + * MURIATE OF AMMONIA, (sal ammoniac) is formed by adding + muriatic acid to liquid ammonia, evaporating, &c., _oz._ 6 + + MURIATE OF SODA, (culinary salt) is procured by + evaporating the water of the ocean, + + * MURIATE OF STRONTIA, procured by dissolving native + carbonate of strontia, in muriatic acid, and + evaporating, _oz._ 75 + + MURIATE OF LIME, formed by evaporating a solution of + marble in muriatic acid, + + * MURIATIC ACID, (marine acid, spirit of salt) is + extracted from sea-salt, _oz._ 12 + + * NITRATE OF AMMONIA, procured by dissolving carbonate + of ammonia (common smelling salts) in nitric acid, _oz._ 20 + + * NITRATE OF POTASS, (nitre, salt-petre) may be procured + by adding nitric acid to a solution of sub-carbonate of + potass, and crystallizing by evaporation, _oz._ 3 + + * NITRATE OF STRONTIA, procured the same as the muriate, _oz._ 75 + + * NITRIC ACID, (aquafortis) is obtained by distilling + two parts of sulphuric acid, together with one part of + salt-petre, _oz._ 12 + + * NUT GALLS, are formed on the leaves of a species + of oak, _oz._ 6 + + * OLIVE OIL, (sweet oil,) _oz._ 3 + + * OIL OF CINNAMON, extracted from cinnamon by + distillation, _oz._ 75 + + * OIL OF ROSEMARY, procured also by distillation, _oz._ 25 + + * ORANGE LEAD, a scarlet pigment similar to red lead, _oz._ 3 + + * OXIDE OF MANGANESE, a black powder consisting of a + metal combined with oxygen, _oz._ 10 + + * PHOSPHORUS, a simple substance procured from + bones; its greatest peculiarity is extraordinary + combustibility, _oz._ 200 + + * PHOSPHURET OF LIME, a combination of lime and + phosphorus, _oz._ 200 + + * PLUMBAGO, (black lead) a carburet of iron, _lb._ 16 + + * POTASSIUM, the metallic base of potass, may be readily + obtained from pearl ash by any one who has a galvanic + apparatus, + + * PRUSSIATE OF IRON, (prussian blue) may be formed by + adding prussiate of potass, to a solution of copperas, _oz._ 25 + + * PRUSSIATE OF POTASS, a combination of potass and + prussic acid, _oz._ 50 + + * PUMICE STONE, _lb._ 12 + + * RED LEAD, (minium) is obtained by melting lead in an + open vessel, and exposing it in that state to the action + of the atmospheric air, _oz._ 3 + + * RED OCHRE, (spanish brown) a native oxide of iron, _lb._ 6 + + * ROSIN, the resinous part of turpentine, _lb._ 6 + + * SILVER BRONZE, _pwt._ 50 + + * SILVER LEAF, _book_ 30 + + * SLIP BLUE, (wet blue) an aqueous preparation of + prussian blue, _lb._ 30 + + * SPIRITS OF TURPENTINE, (oil of turpentine) is + procured by distilling common or crude turpentine; + the residuum is rosin, _pt._ 12 + + * SUB-ACETATE OF COPPER, (verdigris,) _oz._ 3 + + * SUB-CARBONATE OF POTASS, (pearlash) potass refined + by calcination, _lb._ 12 + + * SULPHATE OF COPPER, (blue vitriol, roman + vitriol,) _oz._ 3 + + * SULPHATE OF IRON, (copperas, green vitriol,) _oz._ 6 + + SULPHATE OF LIME, (plaister of paris, alabaster, gypsum,) + + * SULPHATE OF ZINC, (white vitriol,) _oz._ 3 + + * SULPHUR (brimstone) is generally found combined with + ores of metals, _oz._ 3 + + * SULPHURIC ACID, (oil of vitriol) the condensed vapour + of burning sulphur, _oz._ 16 + + * SULPHURIC ETHER, procured by distilling alcohol with + sulphuric acid, _oz._ 25 + + * SUPER CARBONATE OF POTASS (sal eratus) is formed by + passing a current of carbonic acid gas, through a + solution of pearl ash, _oz._ 3 + + * SUPER CARBONATE OF SODA, may be prepared in the same + manner from the sub-carbonate, _oz._ 12 + + * SUPER TARTRATE OF POTASS (cream of tartar) is found + encrusted on the sides of casks in which wine has + been kept, _oz._ 4 + + * TARTARIC ACID, procured from cream of tartar, _oz._ 12 + + * TERRA-DE-SIENNA, an oxide of iron that becomes dark + red by burning, _oz._ 6 + + * TIN, (grain, or granulated tin,) _oz._ 12 + + * TIN FOIL, metallic tin rolled to thin laminas or + sheets like paper, _oz._ 12 + + * TURMERIC, the root of a vegetable, _oz._ 3 + + * UMBER, a brown earth that becomes nearly black by + burning, _oz._ 3 + + * VENICE TURPENTINE, _oz._ 6 + + * VERMILION, a sulphuret of mercury, is sometimes + found native, but may be procured by grinding sulphur + and mercury together, and heating them, first in an open + vessel, till the mixture takes a violet colour; and + afterward in a flask or matrass, _oz._ 12 + + * WHITING, (Spanish white) refined, _lb._ 12 + + * YELLOW OCHRE, (spruce yellow) an oxide of iron, _lb._ 12 + + * ZINC (spelter) a metal of which, with copper, brass + is made, _oz._ 3 + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Select Collection of Valuable and +Curious Arts and Interesting Experiments,, by Various Unknown + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A SELECT COLLECTION OF *** + +***** This file should be named 38067.txt or 38067.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/0/6/38067/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/38067.zip b/38067.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b28a97 --- /dev/null +++ b/38067.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..933583b --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #38067 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/38067) |
